Dror Ortho-Design, Inc S-1/A, filed Jul 14, 2025
Dror Ortho-Design, Inc. (DROR)
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 14, 2025
Registration No. 333-287624
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
| 3577 | 85-0461778 | |||
| (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
Shatner Street 3
Jerusalem, Israel
+972 (0)74-700-6700
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Mr. Eliyahu (Lee) Haddad
Chief Executive Officer
Shatner Street 3
Jerusalem, Israel
+972 (0)74-700-6700
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
|
Rick A. Werner, Esq. Alla Digilova. Esq. Haynes and Boone, LLP 30 Rockefeller Plaza, 26th Floor New York, NY 10112 Tel. (212) 659-7300 Fax (212) 884-8234 |
Lawrence Metelitsa, Esq. Steven A. Lipstein, Esq. Lucosky Brookman LLP 101 Wood Avenue South Woodbridge, New Jersey 08830 Tel. (732) 395-4400 Fax (732) 395-4401 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
| Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated filer | ☐ |
| ☒ | Smaller reporting company | ||
| Emerging growth company | |||
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said section 8(a), may determine.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 14, 2025
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
DROR ORTHO-DESIGN, INC.
Up to 2,020,203 Shares of Common Stock
Up to 2,020,203 Prefunded Warrants to Purchase up to 2,020,203 Shares of Common Stock
Up to 141,414 Underwriter Warrants to purchase up to 141,414 Shares of Common Stock
Up to 2,161,617 Shares of Common Stock underlying Prefunded Warrants and Underwriter Warrants
We are offering 2,020,203 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), at an assumed public offering price of $4.95 per share pursuant to this prospectus. We are also offering prefunded warrants, or Prefunded Warrants, to purchase up to an aggregate of shares of Common Stock, at the assumed public offering price less the $0.0001 per share exercise price of each such Prefunded Warrant, to those purchasers whose purchase of shares of Common Stock in this offering would result in the purchaser, together with its affiliates and certain related parties, beneficially owning more than 4.99% (or, at the election of the purchaser, 9.99%) of our outstanding Common Stock following the consummation of this offering in lieu of the shares of our Common Stock that would result in ownership in excess of 4.99% (or, at the election of the purchaser, 9.99%). Each Prefunded Warrant will be exercisable for one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.0001 per share. Each Prefunded Warrant will be exercisable upon issuance and will expire when exercised in full. For each Prefunded Warrant we sell, the number of shares of Common Stock we are offering will be decreased on a one-for-one basis. This offering also relates to the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Prefunded Warrants.
We are also registering the Underwriter Warrants (as defined herein) and the shares of our Common Stock that are issuable from time to time upon exercise of the Underwriter Warrants. See “Description of Securities We Are Offering” for additional information.
The final public offering price of the shares of Common Stock and Prefunded Warrants in this offering will be determined through negotiation between us and the underwriters in the offering and the recent market price of our Common Stock used throughout this prospectus may not be indicative of the final public offering price. Factors to be considered will include our historical performance and capital structure, prevailing market conditions and overall assessment of our business. You should read this prospectus, together with additional information described under the headings “Information Incorporated by Reference” and “Where You Can Find More Information,” carefully before you invest in any of our securities. There is no established trading market for the Prefunded Warrants, and we do not expect a market to develop. We do not intend to apply for a listing of the Prefunded Warrants on any securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system. Without an active trading market, the liquidity of the Prefunded Warrants will be limited.
Shares of our Common Stock are currently approved for quotation on the OTC Pink Limited Market under the symbol “DROR.” On July 11, 2025, the last reported sales price for our Common Stock was $0.015 per share. For purposes of this prospectus, the assumed public offering price per share of Common Stock is $4.95. As soon as practicable, and assuming we will satisfy all necessary initial listing requirements following the completion of this offering, we intend to apply to have our Common Stock listed for trading on the NYSE American, although we cannot be certain that any such application will be approved. We will not proceed with this offering in the event that our Common Stock is not approved for listing on the NYSE American.
As of July 14, 2025, we had 956,997,116 shares of Common Stock outstanding without giving effect to the expected 1-for-450 reverse stock split and excluding an aggregate of 1,744,346,896 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants, the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and options outstanding as of such date.
This offering will terminate on , unless we decide to terminate the offering (which we may do at any time in our discretion) prior to that date. We will have one closing for all the securities purchased in this offering. The public offering price per share (or Prefunded Warrant) will be fixed for the duration of this offering.
Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 6 of this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risk factors, as well as the information contained in this prospectus, before purchasing any of the securities offered by this prospectus.
| Per Share | Per Prefunded Warrant | Total | ||||||||||
| Public offering price | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Underwriters’ discounts and commissions (1) | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Proceeds to our company before expenses | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| (1) | See “Underwriting” beginning on page 86 for additional information regarding underwriting compensation. Does not include additional items of compensation payable to the underwriters, including the warrants issued to the Underwriters to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock equal to 141,414 shares of Common Stock (the “Underwriter Warrants”). The Underwriter Warrants will be exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the offering price per share, or $6.1875. |
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
We have granted a 30-day option to the representatives of the underwriters, exercisable one or more times in whole or in part, to purchase up to 303,030 additional shares of our Common Stock to be offered by the Company to cover over-allotments, if any, at the price equal to the public offering price, less, the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. The securities issuable upon exercise of this over-allotment option are identical to those offered by this prospectus and have been registered under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
The underwriters expect to deliver the securities against payment in New York, New York on or about , 2025.
Sole Bookrunner
Titan Partners Group
a division of American Capital Partners
The date of this prospectus is , 2025.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
i
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares of Common Stock offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the securities offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date. You should also read this prospectus together with the additional information described under “Where You Can Find More Information.”
ii
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Statements in this prospectus and other written reports made from time to time by us that are not historical facts, including statements regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans, objectives of management and expected market growth, constitute so-called “forward-looking statements,” all of which are subject to risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would,” and other words of similar meaning, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. Forward-looking statements are likely to address our estimates of our expenses, ongoing losses, future revenue, capital requirements and our needs for or ability to obtain additional financing; our ability to retain and recruit key personnel; our financial performance; our ability to become profitable and generate consistent cash flows to remain profitable; our ability to fund our working capital requirements; developments and projections relating to our competitors or our industry; and our proprietary AI-based platform to correct people’s smiles in a discreet and less painful manner (the “Platform”) and any other products, among other things. You should carefully consider any such statement and should understand that many factors could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Such risks and uncertainties include but are not limited to the following:
| ● | our operations and financial performance depend on global and regional economic conditions. Inflation, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, changes in consumer confidence and demand, and weakness in general economic conditions and threats, or actual recessions, could materially affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition; |
| ● | our company is in the development stage, is not generating revenues and has no operating history in the manufacturing and distribution of orthodontic medical devices or platforms for consumer use; |
| ● | our products and technologies may not be accepted by the intended commercial consumers of our products, which could harm our future financial performance; |
| ● | we expect continued operating losses and cannot be certain of our future profitability; |
| ● | our net revenues will depend primarily on our Platform and any decline in sales or average selling price of our Platform may adversely affect net revenues, gross margin and net income; |
| ● | our company will face competition from large internationally established aligner companies whose products have been widely accepted; |
| ● | our growth and future success may depend on our ability to enhance our Platform or to develop, obtain regulatory clearance for, successfully introduce, and achieve market acceptance of new products and services; |
| ● | we are subject to operating risks, including excess or constrained capacity and operational inefficiencies, which could adversely affect our results of operations; |
| ● | our products and information technology systems are critical to our business. Issues with product development or enhancements, IT system integration, implementation, updates and upgrades could disrupt our operations and have a material impact on our business and operating results; |
| ● | complying with regulations enforced by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) and other regulatory authorities is expensive and time consuming, and failure to comply could result in substantial penalties; |
| ● | we may not receive the necessary authorizations to market our Platform or any future new products, and any failure to timely do so may adversely affect our ability to grow our business; |
iii
| ● | certain modifications to our products may require new 510(k) clearance or other marketing authorizations; |
| ● | ongoing changes in healthcare regulation could negatively affect our revenues, business and financial condition; |
| ● | we are subject to certain federal, state, and foreign fraud and abuse laws, health information privacy and security laws, and transparency laws, which, if violated, could subject us to substantial penalties. Additionally, any challenge to or investigation into our practices under these laws could cause adverse publicity and be costly to respond to, and thus could harm our business; |
| ● | our success depends in part on our proprietary technology, and if we are unable to successfully enforce our intellectual property rights, our competitive position may be harmed; |
| ● | the relative lack of U.S. public company experience of our management team may put us at a competitive disadvantage; |
| ● | our Common Stock is not currently listed on any stock exchange and there is a limited market for shares of our Common Stock. Even if a market for our Common Stock develops, as a result of this offering or otherwise, our Common Stock could be subject to wide fluctuations; and |
| ● | other risks and uncertainties outlined in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and other risks detailed from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or otherwise. |
These factors may include inaccurate assumptions and a broad variety of other risks and uncertainties, including some that are known and some that are not. No forward-looking statement can be guaranteed, and actual future results may vary materially. Information regarding market and industry statistics contained in this prospectus is included based on information available to us that we believe is accurate. It is generally based on industry and other publications that are not produced for purposes of securities offerings or economic analysis. We have not reviewed or included data from all sources and cannot assure investors of the accuracy or completeness of the data included in this prospectus. Forecasts and other forward-looking information obtained from these sources are subject to the same qualifications and the additional uncertainties accompanying any estimates of future market size, revenue and market acceptance of products and services. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statement. As a result, investors should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.
These forward-looking statements are based on information available as of the date of this prospectus and current expectations, forecasts and assumptions, and involve a number of judgments, risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any subsequent date, and we do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date they were made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.
iv
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
Certain industry data and market data included in this prospectus were obtained from independent third-party surveys, market research, publicly available information, reports of governmental agencies and industry publications and surveys. All of management’s estimates presented herein are based upon management’s review of independent third-party surveys and industry publications prepared by a number of sources and other publicly available information. All of the market data used in this prospectus involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We believe that the information from these industry publications and surveys included in this prospectus is reliable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.
v
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. While this summary highlights what we consider to be important information about us, you should carefully read this entire prospectus before investing in shares of our Common Stock, especially the risks and other information we discuss under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes beginning on page F-1. Our fiscal year end is December 31. Some of the statements made in this prospectus discuss future events and developments, including our future strategy and our ability to generate revenue, income and cash flow. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated in these forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”. Unless the context indicates otherwise, references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “Dror,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms refer to Dror Ortho-Design, Inc. (f/k/a Novint Technologies, Inc.) after the consummation of the Share Exchange (as defined below). References to “Private Dror” refer to the predecessor company (now a wholly owned subsidiary of Dror Ortho-Design, Inc.) prior to the consummation of the Share Exchange.
Our Company
We have reimagined the way people can correct their smile.
We plan to disrupt the aligner market by offering millions of people a revolutionary alternative. We believe that people do not need to change their lifestyle to correct their smile as they are required to do with existing aligner solutions,
Existing aligner solutions generally share the same treatment principles, which are different from our solution. In most cases, patients seeking to improve their smile need to undergo a 12-to-15 month process of wearing plastic aligners, which need to be worn the entire day and should only be removed while eating or drinking. Patients are prescribed a series of 20 to 30 aligners that are intended to forcefully move teeth progressively closer to their intended final position. This process causes pain every time a new aligner is used and restricts blood circulation, which counterproductively slows down tooth movement. All-day aligner solutions are also intrusive, as patients need to conduct their lives at work or school wearing the plastic aligners. In addition, most existing aligner therapies require multiple visits to an orthodontist to monitor the progress of treatment plans through intraoral scanning, physical examination and patient testimony.
We believe that recent rapid advancements in technology have made traditional aligner solutions no longer the most effective treatment option for smile correction. Our Company has developed a proprietary AI-based solution to correct people’s smiles in a discreet and less painful manner (the “Platform”). The Platform uses only one smart aligner to gently move teeth into their optimum position with pulsating air while the patient is sleeping or at home.
We have several patents for the technology used in the Platform and is currently in the process of preparing the prototype for clearance by the FDA.
Our predecessor first generation Aerodentis System is a Class II medical device, which was cleared by FDA for commercialization in the U.S. pursuant to the 510(k) notification process for movement and alignment of teeth during orthodontic treatment of malocclusion in April 2020. The Company is preparing to apply for 510(k) clearance for the Platform as a Class II medical device, which constitutes an updated version of the currently cleared device. Such updated Platform contains new and/or different components than the original device, which is why a new 510(k) clearance is required prior to marketing the Platform in the U.S. We have not yet filed a 510(k) submission for the Platform, and it has, thus, not been found by the FDA to be substantially equivalent to the first generation Aerodentis System. We expect to file the 510(k) submission for the Platform prior to the end of 2025.
The Company currently does not generate revenues to fund operations and anticipates that it will continue to incur significant losses as it continues to develop the Platform. Please refer to “Risk Factors - We are in the development stage, are not generating revenues and have no operating history in the manufacturing and distribution of orthodontic medical devices or platforms for consumer use” for additional information. The Company intends to spend approximately $1.5 million over the next 18 months on software and hardware development as well as the accompanying regulatory approvals and IP protection associated with such software and hardware projects.
Market Opportunity
According to a 2022 study conducted by Precedent Research (“Precedence Research 2022 Study”), the global clear aligners market size was estimated at $6.29 billion in 2022 and is expected to surpass around $46.3 billion by 2030, expanding at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 28.34% during the period 2022 to 2030.1
Our Platform seeks to address this large and underserved global market by offering a discreet, less intrusive and less painful treatment alternative to available clear aligners and traditional orthodontic treatments. Our Platform is optimized to correct malocclusions that relate to the “social six,” which are the front upper six and lower six teeth. We believe that at least 30% of those who currently seek treatment, or 6.6 million people, could benefit from using ZSmile to correct their smiles. According to the Precedence Research 2022 Study, by 2028, the market for clear aligners will surpass 22 million people, which is our total addressable market.
| 1 | Precedence Research. Clear Aligners Market (By Age: Adults, Teenagers; By Type: At-home aligners/Direct-to-consumer (DTC) Aligners, In-office Aligners; By Product: Hard Type, Medium Type, Soft Type; By Material Type: Polyurethane, Plastic Polyethylene Terephthalate Glycol, Poly-vinyl Chloride; By Distribution Channel: Direct Sales, Laboratories, Others; By End-User: Hospitals, Standalone Practices, Group Practices, Others) - Global Industry Analysis, Size, Share, Growth, Trends, Regional Outlook, and Forecast 2022-2030 (October 2022), available at https://www.precedenceresearch.com/clear-aligners-market. |
1
Our total addressable market also stands to benefit from the recent trend toward dentists, rather than orthodontists, delivering orthodontic care through clear aligners. In order for a smile correction solution to work properly, a treatment plan and monitoring needs to be executed by a dental professional, such as dentists and orthodontists. Since the ZSmile Platform provides the necessary information to develop and administer a treatment plan using our solution, it may be used by dentists as well as orthodontists, which expands our target distribution channel to cover both orthodontists and dentists. According to a 2019 Journal of Family Medicine and Primary Care article, approximately 36% of dentists were already performing orthodontic procedures such as the malocclusion corrections.2 This is an indication of an ongoing trend of dentists assuming more orthodontic treatment offerings in their practices. We believe that the ease of use of our Platform will also facilitate eventually selling our solution directly to the consumer in qualified cases with remote dental professional involvement.
Recent Developments
The Company’s Common Stock currently trades on The OTC Pink Limited Market. The Company has not applied to have its Common Stock listed on the OTCID Basic Market (the replacement, as of July 1, 2025 of the OTC Pink Limited Market). Instead, the Company intends to apply to list its Common Stock on the NYSE American under the symbol “DROR.” The Company does not intend to seek or maintain a quotation of its Common Stock on any other over-the-counter or exchange platform prior to, or in lieu of, its listing on the NYSE American. There can be no assurance that the Company’s application to list on the NYSE American will be approved. If the Company’s application is not approved, the Company will not proceed with this offering and the Company’s securities may continue to trade on a less liquid market, which could adversely affect the trading price and volume of its Common Stock.
Reverse Stock Split
We expect to effect a reverse stock split of our Common Stock at a ratio of 1-for-450 prior to or upon effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. No fractional shares will be issued in connection with the reverse stock split and all such fractional interests will be rounded up to the nearest whole number of shares of Common Stock. The conversion or exercise prices of our issued and outstanding convertible securities will be adjusted accordingly. Share information presented in this prospectus, other than where noted or the context otherwise requires, have not been adjusted to give effect to such reverse stock split.
Implications of Being a Smaller Reporting Company
We are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Rule 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30th, or (2) our annual revenues equaled or exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th. Such reduced disclosure and corporate governance obligations may make it more challenging for investors to analyze our results of operations and financial prospects.
Corporate Information
We were incorporated as Novint Technologies, Inc. in the State of New Mexico in April 1999. On February 26, 2002, we changed our state of incorporation to Delaware by merging with Novint Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation. On July 5, 2023, we entered into a share exchange agreement (the “Share Exchange Agreement”) with the shareholders of Dror Ortho-Design, Ltd. (“Private Dror”), pursuant to which, the shareholders of Private Dror agreed to exchange all of their outstanding ordinary shares of Private Dror for shares of our Common Stock and Series A Convertible Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”, and such transaction, the “Share Exchange”). On August 14, 2023, the Share Exchange was consummated and we changed our name to “Dror Ortho-Design, Inc.”
Following the Share Exchange, we succeeded to the business of Private Dror as its sole line of business. The Share Exchange was accounted for as a recapitalization, with Private Dror deemed to be the accounting acquirer and the Company the acquired company. Accordingly, Private Dror’s historical financial statements for periods prior to the consummation of the Share Exchange have become those of the Company. Operations reported for periods prior to the Share Exchange are those of Private Dror.
Our principal executive offices are located at Shatner Street 3, Jerusalem, Israel, and our telephone number is +972 (0)74-700-6700.
Our website address is www.zsmile.com. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.
| 2 | See Jayaprakash, Poonam K., et al. “A survey on orthodontic services provided by general dental practitioners.” Journal of family medicine and primary care 8.7 (2019): 2490-2495. |
2
Summary of the Offering
We expect to effect a reverse stock split of our Common Stock at a ratio of 1-for-450 prior to or upon effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Share information below is presented on a post-reverse stock split basis.
| Issuer: | Dror Ortho-Design, Inc. | |
| Common Stock offered by us: | 2,020,203 shares of Common Stock. | |
| Prefunded Warrants to be Offered | We are also offering to certain purchasers whose purchase of shares of Common Stock in this offering would otherwise result in the purchaser, together with its affiliates and certain related parties, beneficially owning more than 4.99% (or, at the election of the purchaser, 9.99%) of our outstanding Common Stock immediately following the consummation of this offering, the opportunity to purchase, if such purchasers so choose, Prefunded Warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock, in lieu of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise result in any such purchaser’s beneficial ownership exceeding 4.99% (or, at the election of the purchaser, 9.99%) of our outstanding Common Stock. Each Prefunded Warrant will be exercisable for one share of our Common Stock. The purchase price of each Prefunded Warrant will equal the price at which the shares of Common Stock are being sold to the public in this offering, minus $0.0001, and the exercise price of each Prefunded Warrant will be $0.0001 per share. The Prefunded Warrants will be exercisable immediately and may be exercised at any time until all of the Prefunded Warrants are exercised in full.
This offering also relates to the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Prefunded Warrants sold in this offering. For each Prefunded Warrant we sell, the number of shares of Common Stock we are offering will be decreased on a one-for-one basis. | |
| Over-allotment option: | We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable within 30 days of the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 303,030 shares of our Common Stock, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. | |
| Underwriter Warrants | Upon the closing of this offering, we have agreed to issue to the underwriter, or its designees, warrants to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock equal to 141,414 shares of Common Stock. The Underwriter Warrants will be exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the offering price per share, or $6.1875. The Underwriter Warrants will be exercisable commencing on the date that is six months from the closing date of this offering, and will expire five years from the date of issuance.
The shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise thereof are being registered on the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Underwriting - Underwriter Warrants” on page 88. | |
| Common stock outstanding prior to this offering: (1) | 2,126,660 shares. | |
| Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering: (1) | 4,146,863 shares (assuming no sale of Prefunded Warrants in this offering and no exercise of the Underwriter Warrants being issued in this offering). | |
| Use of proceeds: | We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $8.9 million, or approximately $10.3 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, in each case, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and assuming we sell only shares of Common Stock and no Prefunded Warrants in this offering.
We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering primarily for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information. |
3
| Proposed NYSE American Trading Symbol and Listing: | Our Common Stock is currently approved for quotation on the OTC Pink Limited Market under the symbol “DROR.” As soon as practicable, and assuming we will satisfy all necessary initial listing requirements following the completion of this offering, we intend to apply to have our Common Stock listed for trading on the NYSE American, although we cannot be certain that any such application will be approved. We will not proceed with this offering in the event that our Common Stock is not approved for listing on the NYSE American.
There is no established trading market for the Prefunded Warrants, and we do not expect a trading market to develop. We do not intend to list the Prefunded Warrants on any securities exchange or other trading market. Without a trading market, the liquidity of the Prefunded Warrants will be extremely limited. | |
| Risk factors: | Investing in our securities is highly speculative and involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 6 of this prospectus before deciding to invest in our securities.
| |
| Lock-up: | Our directors, executive officers, and stockholders who beneficially own 10% or more of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock have agreed with the underwriters not to offer for sale, issue, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any of our Common Stock or securities convertible into our Common Stock for a period of 180 days, commencing on the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the underwriters. See “Underwriting” for additional information. | |
| Clear Market: | We have agreed with the underwriters not to offer for sale, issue, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any of our Common Stock or securities convertible into our Common Stock for a period of 180 days, commencing on the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the underwriters. See “Underwriting” for additional information. |
| (1) | The number of shares of our Common Stock outstanding prior to, and to be outstanding immediately after, this offering is based on 2,126,660 shares outstanding as of July 14, 2025 (giving effect to a 1-for-450 reverse stock split). Unless otherwise indicated, the shares outstanding after this offering excludes the following: |
| ● | 2,167,309 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants as of July 14, 2025, with a weighted-average exercise price of $14.85 per share; |
| ● | 1,299,541 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”) at a conversion price of $45,000 per share; |
| ● | 409,476 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options as of July 14, 2025, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.665 per share; and |
| ● | any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the representatives of the underwriters. |
Except as otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes (i) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Common Stock from us, (ii) no exercise of options or exercise of the warrants, (iii) no conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, and (iv) no sale of the Prefunded Warrants in this offering, which, if sold, would reduce the number of shares of Common Stock that we are offering on an one-for-one basis.
4
RISK FACTOR SUMMARY
Investing in shares of our Common Stock will involve certain risks. Set forth below is a summary of the principal risks associated with an investment in our Common Stock. You should consider carefully the following discussion of risks, as well as the discussion of risks included in this prospectus including in the section “Risk Factors” starting on page 6, before you decide that an investment in our shares is appropriate for you.
| ● | Our financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis; we must raise additional capital to fund our operations in order to continue as a going concern. |
| ● | We conduct our operations in Israel. Conditions in Israel, including the recent attack by Hamas and other terrorist organizations from the Gaza Strip and Israel’s war against them, may affect our operations. |
| ● | Our operations and financial performance depend on global and regional economic conditions. Inflation, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, changes in consumer confidence and demand, and weakness in general economic conditions and threats, or actual recessions, could materially affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition. |
| ● | Our Company is in the development stage, is not generating revenues and has no operating history in the manufacturing and distribution of orthodontic medical devices or platforms for consumer use. |
| ● | Our products and technologies may not be accepted by the intended commercial consumers of our products, which could harm our future financial performance. |
| ● | We expect continued operating losses and cannot be certain of our future profitability. |
| ● | Our net revenues will depend primarily on our Platform and any decline in sales or average selling price of our Platform may adversely affect net revenues, gross margin and net income. |
| ● | We will face competition from large internationally established aligner companies whose products have been widely accepted. |
| ● | Our growth and future success may depend on our ability to enhance our Platform or to develop, obtain regulatory clearance for, successfully introduce, and achieve market acceptance of new products and services. |
| ● | We are subject to operating risks, including excess or constrained capacity and operational inefficiencies, which could adversely affect our results of operations. |
| ● | Our products and information technology systems are critical to our business. Issues with product development or enhancements, IT system integration, implementation, updates and upgrades could disrupt our operations and have a material impact on our business and operating results. |
| ● | Complying with regulations enforced by FDA and other regulatory authorities is expensive and time consuming, and failure to comply could result in substantial penalties. |
| ● | We may not receive the necessary authorizations to market our Platform or any future new products, and any failure to timely do so may adversely affect our ability to grow our business. |
| ● | Certain modifications to our products may require new 510(k) clearance or other marketing authorizations. |
| ● | Ongoing changes in healthcare regulation could negatively affect our revenues, business and financial condition. |
| ● | We are subject to certain federal, state, and foreign fraud and abuse laws, health information privacy and security laws, and transparency laws, which, if violated, could subject us to substantial penalties. Additionally, any challenge to or investigation into our practices under these laws could cause adverse publicity and be costly to respond to, and thus could harm our business. |
| ● | Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology, and if we are unable to successfully enforce our intellectual property rights, our competitive position may be harmed. |
| ● | The relative lack of U.S. public company experience of our management team may put us at a competitive disadvantage. |
| ● | Our Common Stock is not listed on any stock exchange and there is a limited market for shares of our Common Stock. Even if a market for our Common Stock develops, our Common Stock could be subject to wide fluctuations. |
| ● | Other risks and uncertainties outlined in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and other risks detailed from time to time in our filings with the SEC or otherwise. |
These factors may include inaccurate assumptions and a broad variety of other risks and uncertainties, including some that are known and some that are not. No forward-looking statement can be guaranteed, and actual future results may vary materially.
5
RISK FACTORS
Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider and evaluate all of the information contained in this prospectus before you decide to purchase shares of our Common Stock. The risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus are not the only ones we may face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we do not presently know about or that we currently believe are not material may also adversely affect our business, business prospects, results of operations or financial condition. Any of the risks and uncertainties set forth herein, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Capital Requirements and Financing
Our financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis; we must raise additional capital to fund our operations in order to continue as a going concern.
In its report dated February 19, 2025, Barzily & Co., our independent registered public accounting firm, expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern as we have suffered recurring losses from operations and have insufficient liquidity to fund our future operations. If we are unable to improve our liquidity position, we may not be able to continue as a going concern. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result if we are unable to continue as a going concern and, therefore, be required to realize our assets and discharge our liabilities other than in the normal course of business which could cause investors to suffer the loss of all or a substantial portion of their investment. As of December 31, 2024, we had approximately $549 thousand of cash. In order to have sufficient cash to fund our operations in the future, we will need to raise additional equity or debt capital and cannot provide any assurance that we will be successful in doing so. If are unable to raise sufficient capital to fund our operations, we may need to delay, reduce or eliminate certain research and development programs or other operations, sell some or all of our assets or merge with another entity.
The Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company’s cash used in operations was $499,593 leaving a cash balance of $349,851 as of March 31, 2025. Because the Company does not have sufficient resources to fund our operations for the next twelve months from the date of this filing, management has substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of asset amounts or the classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
The Company will need to raise additional capital to finance its losses and negative cash flows from operations and may continue to be dependent on additional capital raising as long as its products do not reach commercial profitability. There are no assurances that the Company would be able to raise additional capital on terms favorable to it. If the Company is unsuccessful in commercializing its products and raising capital, it will need to reduce activities, curtail, or cease operations.
Macroeconomic and External Risks
We conduct our operations in Israel. Conditions in Israel, including the recent attack by Hamas and other terrorist organizations from the Gaza Strip and Israel’s war against them, may affect our operations.
Because our wholly-owned subsidiary is incorporated under the laws of the state of Israel, all of our operations are conducted in Israel, and all of our employees and management personnel are located in Israel, our business and operations are directly affected by economic, political, geopolitical and military conditions in Israel. Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have occurred between Israel and its neighboring countries and terrorist organizations active in the region. These conflicts have involved missile strikes, hostile infiltrations and terrorism against civilian targets in various parts of Israel, which have negatively affected business conditions in Israel.
In October 2023, Hamas terrorists infiltrated Israel’s southern border from the Gaza Strip and conducted a series of attacks on civilian and military targets. Hamas also launched extensive rocket attacks on Israeli population and industrial centers located along Israel’s border with the Gaza Strip and in other areas within the State of Israel. Following the attack, Israel’s security cabinet declared war against Hamas and a military campaign against these terrorist organizations commenced in parallel to their continued rocket and terror attacks. Moreover, the clash between Israel and Hezbollah in Lebanon may escalate in the future into a greater regional conflict.
6
Any hostilities involving Israel, or the interruption or curtailment of trade within Israel or between Israel and its trading partners could adversely affect our operations and results of operations and could make it more difficult for us to raise capital. Parties with whom we may do business have sometimes declined to travel to Israel during periods of heightened unrest or tension, forcing us to make alternative arrangements when necessary. The conflict situation in Israel could cause situations where medical product certifying or auditing bodies could not be able to visit manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors in Israel in order to review our certifications or clearances, thus possibly leading to temporary suspensions or even cancellations of our product clearances or certifications. The conflict situation in Israel could also result in parties with whom we have agreements involving performance in Israel claiming that they are not obligated to perform their commitments under those agreements pursuant to force majeure provisions in such agreements.
There have been travel advisories imposed as related to travel to Israel, and restriction on travel, or delays and disruptions as related to imports and exports may be imposed in the future. An inability to receive supplies and materials, shortages of materials or difficulties in procuring our materials, among others, may adversely impact our ability to commercialize and manufacture our product candidates and products in a timely manner. This could cause a number of delays and/or issues for our operations, including delay of the review of our product candidates by regulatory agencies, which in turn would have a material adverse impact on our ability to commercialize our product candidates.
The Israel Defense Force (the “IDF”), the national military of Israel, is a conscripted military service, subject to certain exceptions. Several employees of our vendors are subject to military service in the IDF and have been and may be called to serve. It is possible that there will be further military reserve duty call-ups in the future, which may affect our business due to a shortage of skilled labor and loss of institutional knowledge, and necessary mitigation measures we may take to respond to a decrease in labor availability, such as overtime and third-party outsourcing, for example, which may have unintended negative effects and adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity or cash flows.
It is currently not possible to predict the duration or severity of the ongoing conflict or its effects on our business, operations and financial conditions. The ongoing conflict is rapidly evolving and developing, and could disrupt our business and operations, interrupt our sources and availability of supply and hamper our ability to raise additional funds or sell our securities, among others.
Our operations and financial performance depend on global and regional economic conditions. Inflation, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, changes in consumer confidence and demand, and weakness in general economic conditions and threats, or actual recessions, could materially affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Macroeconomic conditions impact consumer confidence and discretionary spending, which could adversely affect demand for any products we bring to market. Consumer spending habits are affected by, among other things, inflation, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, weakness in general economic conditions, threats or actual recessions, pandemics, wars and military actions, levels of employment, wages, debt obligations, discretionary income, interest rates, volatility in capital, and consumer confidence and perceptions of current and future economic conditions. Changes and uncertainty can, among other things, reduce or shift spending away from elective treatments and procedures, drive patients to purchase orthodontic treatments that may cost less than our treatment options, result in a decrease in the number of overall orthodontic and dental case starts, reduce patient traffic in dentists’ offices or reduce demand for dental services generally. Further, decreased demand for dental services can cause dentists and labs to postpone investments in capital equipment, such as intraoral scanners and CAD/CAM equipment and software. The recent declines in, or uncertain economic outlooks for, the U.S., European and certain other international economies has and may continue to adversely affect consumer and dental practice spending. The increase in the cost of fuel and energy, food and other essential items along with climbing interest rates could reduce consumers’ disposable income, resulting in less discretionary spending for products like ours. Decreases in disposable income and discretionary spending or change in consumer confidence and spending habits may adversely affect our revenues and operating results.
7
Inflation continues to adversely impact spending and trade activities and we are unable to predict the impacts of higher inflation on global and regional economies. Higher inflation has also increased domestic and international shipping costs, raw material prices, and labor rates, which could adversely impact the costs of producing, procuring and shipping any products we bring to market. If similar trends continue once we begin marketing our Platform our ability to recover these cost increases through price increases may have limited effectiveness, resulting in downward pressure on our operating results. Attempts to offset cost increases with price increases could reduce sales, increase customer dissatisfaction or otherwise harm our reputation. Further, we are unable to predict the impact of efforts by central banks and federal, state and local governments to combat elevated levels of inflation. If their efforts to reduce inflation are too aggressive, they may lead to a recession. Alternatively, if they are insufficient or are not sustained long enough to lower inflation to more acceptable levels, consumer spending may be adversely impacted for a prolonged period of time. Any of these events could materially affect our business and operating results.
Our business could be impacted by major public health issues, including future pandemics.
Major public health issues, could in the future materially affect our business due to their impact on the global economy and regional economies, demand for consumer products, the imposition or removal of public safety measures. Public health concerns may also limit the movement of products between regions, disrupt or delay supply chains and sales and distribution channels, resulting in interruptions of the supply of products.
The emergence of another pandemic, epidemic or infectious disease outbreak, and any required or voluntary actions to help limit the spread of illness, could impact our ability to carry out our business and may materially adversely impact global economic conditions, our business, financial condition and results of operations. The extent to which a future pandemic, an epidemic or an infectious disease outbreak impacts our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time, and include the duration, severity and scope and the actions taken to contain or treat such pandemic, epidemic or outbreak.
Our business could be impacted by political events, trade and other international disputes, war, and terrorism, including the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine.
Political events, trade and other international disputes, war, and terrorism could harm or disrupt international commerce and the global economy and could have a material effect on our business as well as our potential customers, suppliers, contract manufacturers, distributors, and other business partners.
Political events, trade and other international disputes, wars, and terrorism can lead to unexpected tariffs or trade restrictions, which could adversely impact our business. Tariffs could increase the cost of our products and the components and raw materials to make them. Once we begin marketing our products, these increased costs could adversely impact our gross margin and make our products less competitive or reduce demand. Countries could also adopt other measures, such as controls on imports or exports of goods, technology or data, that could adversely impact our operations and supply chain and limit our ability to offer products and services. These measures could require us to take various actions, including changing suppliers or restructuring business relationships. Complying with new or changed trade restrictions is expensive, time-consuming and disruptive to our operations. Such restrictions can be announced with little or no advance notice and we may be unable to effectively mitigate the adverse impacts of such measures. If disputes and conflicts escalate in the future, actions by governments in response could be significantly more severe and restrictive and could materially affect our business.
Political unrest, threats, tensions, actions and responses to any social, economic, business, geopolitical, military, terrorism, or acts of war involving key commercial, development or manufacturing markets such as China, Mexico, Israel, Europe, or other countries could materially impact any international operations we undertake. For example, our employees in Israel could be obligated to perform annual reserve duty in the Israeli military and be called for additional active duty under emergency circumstances. If any of these events or conditions occur, the impact on us, our employees and potential customers is uncertain, particularly if emergency circumstances, armed conflicts or an escalation in political instability or violence disrupts our product development, data or information exchange, payroll or banking operations, product or materials shipping by us or our suppliers and other unanticipated business disruptions, interruptions and limitations in telecommunication services or critical systems or applications reliant on a stable and uninterrupted communications infrastructure.
8
U.S. and global markets are experiencing volatility and disruption following the escalation of geopolitical tensions and the start of the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine. On February 24, 2022, a full-scale military invasion of Ukraine by Russian troops was reported. In response to the military conflict, the United States and other North Atlantic Treaty Organization member states, as well as non-member states, announced targeted economic sanctions on Russia, including certain Russian citizens and enterprises, and the continuation of the conflict may trigger additional economic and other sanctions. The potential impacts of the conflict and related sanctions could include supply chain and logistics disruptions, macro financial impacts resulting from the exclusion of Russian financial institutions from the global banking system, volatility in foreign exchange rates and interest rates, inflationary pressures on raw materials and energy and heightened cybersecurity threats. We have no way to predict the progress or outcome of the conflict in Ukraine or the reactions by governments, businesses or consumers. A prolonged conflict, intensified military activities or more extensive sanctions impacting the region and the resulting economic impact could have a material effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, growth prospects and business outlook.
Our operations may be impacted by natural disasters, which may become more frequent or severe as a result of climate change and may adversely impact our business and operating results as well as those of our potential customers and suppliers.
Natural disasters can impact us and our potential customers, as well as suppliers critical to our operations. Natural disasters include earthquakes, tsunamis, floods, droughts, hurricanes, wildfires, and other extreme weather conditions that can cause deaths, injuries, and critical health crises, power outages, restrictions and shortages of food, water, shelter, and medical supplies, telecommunications failures, materials scarcity, price volatility and other ramifications. Climate change is likely to increase both the frequency and severity of natural disasters and, consequently, risks to our business and operations.
We anticipate that our digital dental modeling and certain of our customer-facing operations will primarily be processed in our facilities located in Israel. Similarly, a significant portion of our research and development activities is located in Israel. If there is a natural disaster in the region, our employees could be impacted, our research could be lost, and our ability to create treatment plans, respond to customer inquiries or manufacture and ship our aligners or intraoral scanners could be compromised, which could result in our future customers experiencing significant product and services delays.
The effects of climate change on regional and global economies could change the supply, demand or availability of sources of energy or other resources material to our products and operations and affect the availability or cost of natural resources and goods and services on which we and our suppliers rely.
Business and Industry Risks
We are in the development stage, are not generating revenues and have no operating history as a manufacturer and distributor of orthodontic medical devices or platforms for consumer use.
We are in the development stage and face all of the risks and uncertainties associated with a new and unproven business. Our future is based on an unproven business plan with no historical facts to support projections and assumptions. We were founded in 2005 and have no operating history as a manufacturer and distributor of orthodontic medical devices or platforms to the consumer public. We are not currently generating revenues and do not expect to generate revenue until we have successfully completed the development and testing of our Platform. Investors should understand that an investment in a start-up business is significantly riskier than an investment in a business with any significant operating history. There can be no assurance that we will ever achieve revenues or profitability. Our operations are subject to all of the risks inherent in the establishment of a new business enterprise. The likelihood of our success must be considered in light of the problems, expenses, difficulties, complications and delays frequently encountered in connection with the formation of a pre-revenue business. Our lack of a significant and relevant operating history makes it difficult to manage operations and predict future operating results.
9
Our products and technologies may not be accepted by the intended commercial consumers of our products, which could harm our future financial performance.
There can be no assurance that our Platform will achieve wide acceptance by intended consumers and/or market acceptance generally. The degree of market acceptance for our Platform will also depend upon a number of factors, including the receipt and timing of regulatory approvals, if any, and the establishment and demonstration of the ability of our proposed device to provide the level of confidence and independence in an efficient manner and at a reasonable cost. Our failure to develop a commercial product to compete successfully with existing orthodontic treatments could delay, limit, or prevent market acceptance. There can be no assurance that the public will believe that our Platform is necessary or that the dental industry will actively pursue our product. Long-term market acceptance of our Platform will depend, in part, on the capabilities, operating features and price of our products and technologies as compared to those of other available products and services. As a result, there can be no assurance that our Platform will be able to achieve market penetration, revenue growth or profitability.
We expect continued operating losses and cannot be certain of our future profitability.
We have incurred net operating losses since inception. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we incurred net losses of $5.8 million and $3.6 million, respectively. From inception through the present, we have spent significant funds in organizational and start up activities, to recruit key managers and employees, to develop our Platform, and for research and development.
We expect to continue incurring net operating losses in the foreseeable future as we increase expenditures for the development and marketing of the Platform. The time required for us to become profitable is uncertain, and there can be no assurance that we will achieve profitability on a sustained basis, if at all. As a result of our limited operating history, we have neither internal nor industry-based historical financial data for any significant period of time upon which to project revenues or base planned operating expenses. We expect that our results of operations may also fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of a variety of factors, including: the ability to enter into resale agreements with dental professionals, the ability to effectively market to the public, the ease of use of the Platform by consumers and dental professionals, intense competition from existing and new companies, retain and motivate qualified personnel, specific economic conditions in the aligner/consumer orthodontic market, general economic conditions; and other factors.
We may be unable to raise additional capital, which could harm our ability to compete.
We expect to expend significant capital to establish our brand, build manufacturing infrastructure, and develop both product and process technology. These initiatives may require us to raise additional capital over the next few years. We may consume available resources more rapidly than anticipated and we may not be able to raise additional funds when needed or on acceptable terms. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of our Common Stock.
In connection with the Private Placement (as defined herein) that closed in August 2023, we granted the Private Placement Investors a right to participate in future financings, until the second anniversary of the closing of the Private Placement, that involve the issuance of our Common Stock or Common Stock equivalents for cash consideration. Further, the Securities Purchase Agreement entered into in connection with the Private Placement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) contains “most favored nation” provisions, which may require future amendments to the terms of the Private Placement to give Private Placement Investors the benefit of more favorable terms governing certain future issuances of our Common Stock or Common Stock equivalents. Such participation right and “most favored nation” provisions may restrict our ability to secure future financings unless the Private Placement Investors waive their right to participate, the persons providing such financing accept the participation of the Private Placement Investors or the Private Placement Investors waive their rights under “most favored nation” provisions, respectively. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges, or unforeseen circumstances could be significantly limited, and our business, operating results, financial condition, and prospects could be materially adversely affected.
10
We will depend on the acceptance of teledentistry and a demand for correcting tooth alignment.
Continued and widespread market acceptance of teledentistry by consumers is critical to our future success. Delivery of our Platform via a teledentistry model will represent a change from traditional orthodontic treatment, which requires in person visits, and consumers may be reluctant to accept this model or may not find it preferable to traditional treatment. In addition, consumers may not respond to our direct marketing campaigns, or we may be unsuccessful in reaching our target audience, particularly in foreign jurisdictions where our advertising may be more heavily regulated. If consumers prove unwilling to adopt our teledentistry model as rapidly or in the numbers that we anticipate, our operating results could be materially harmed.
Consumer spending habits are affected by, among other things, prevailing economic conditions, inflationary factors, levels of employment, salaries and wage rates, consumer confidence, and consumer perception of economic conditions. In many markets, dental and orthodontic reimbursement is largely out of pocket for the consumer and, as result, utilization rates can vary significantly depending on economic growth. A general slowdown in the U.S. economy and certain international economies may result in, among other things, a decrease in the number of overall orthodontic case starts, a reduction in consumer spending on elective or higher value procedures, or a reduction in demand for dental and orthodontic services generally, each of which would have an adverse effect on our sales, if any, and operating results. Inflation and weakness in the global economy result in a challenging environment for selling dental and orthodontic technologies. If there is a reduction in consumer demand for orthodontic treatment generally, or if consumers choose to use a competitive product rather than our Platform for any reason, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be materially harmed.
Adverse changes in, or interpretations of, laws, rules, and regulations governing remote healthcare and the practice of dentistry could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our current business model is dependent, in part, on current laws, rules, and regulations governing remote healthcare and the practice of dentistry. If changes in laws, rules, regulations, or their interpretations are inconsistent with our current business model, we would need to adapt our business model accordingly, and our operations in certain jurisdictions may be disrupted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our net revenues will depend primarily on our Platform and any decline in sales or average selling price of our Platform may adversely affect net revenues, gross margin and net income.
Our net revenues will be largely dependent on sales of our Platform, making widespread acceptance of our Platform by dental professionals and consumers critical to our future success. Our operating results could be harmed if:
| ● | dental professionals experience a reduction in consumer demand for orthodontic services; |
| ● | consumers are unwilling to adopt system treatment offered by our Platform as rapidly or in the volumes we anticipate and at the prices offered; |
| ● | dental professionals choose to continue using wires and brackets or competitive products rather than our Platform or the rates at which they utilize our Platform fail to increase or increase as rapidly as anticipated after we commence sales; or |
| ● | if the average selling price of our products declines after we commence sales. |
The average selling prices of our Platform could be influenced by numerous factors, including the type and timing of products sold and foreign exchange rates.
11
Our average selling prices for our Platform may be adversely affected in the future after we commence sales if:
| ● | we introduce new or change existing promotions, general or volume-based discount programs, product or services bundles, or consumer rebate programs; |
| ● | participation in any promotions or programs unexpectedly increases or decreases or drives demand in unexpected and material ways; |
| ● | our geographic, channel, or product mix shifts to lower priced products or to products that have a higher percentage of deferred revenue; |
| ● | we decrease prices on one or more products or services in response to increasing competitive pricing pressures; |
| ● | we introduce new or change existing products or services, or modify how we market or sell any of our new or existing products or services; or |
| ● | estimates used in the calculation of deferred revenue differ from actual average selling prices. |
If our average selling prices decline after we commence sales, our net revenues, gross margin and net income may be adversely affected.
We will face competition from large internationally established aligner companies whose products have been widely accepted.
The dental industry is in a period of immense and rapid digital transformation involving products, technologies, distribution channels and business models. Once we commence marketing our Platform, we will face competition in the market for our Platform from the clear aligners market, and we expect competition from existing competitors and new companies that may enter the market or introduce new technologies in the future.
We expect to compete with a handful of large aligner companies including Align Technologies, Dentsply Sirona, 3M™ Clarity™ Aligners, and Straumann Group. We expect some additional competition from other teledentistry solutions, and from new entrants into the orthodontic supply or clear aligner markets. Some of these competitors may have greater resources as well as the ability to leverage existing channels in the dental market to compete directly with us. In addition, we may also face future competition from companies that introduce new technologies. We may be unable to compete with these competitors, and one or more of these competitors may render our technology obsolete or economically unattractive.
Our business model depends on being able to reach consumers to raise brand awareness and encourage downloading our smartphone application, which may not prove successful or may become less effective or more costly to maintain in the long term.
There is no assurance our campaigns will achieve the returns on advertising spend desired, increase brand or product awareness sufficiently or generate goodwill and positive reputational goals. Moreover, should any entity or individual endorsing us or our products take actions, make or publish statements in support of, or lend support to events or causes which may be perceived by a portion of society negatively, our sponsorships or support of these entities or individuals may be questioned, boycotts of our products announced, and our reputation may be harmed, any of which could have a material effect on our gross margin and business overall.
In addition, various countries prohibit certain types of marketing activities. For example, some countries restrict direct to consumer advertising of medical devices. We could run afoul of restrictions and be ordered to stop certain marketing activities. Moreover, competitors do not always follow these restrictions, creating an unfair advantage and making it more difficult and costly for us to compete.
12
Future sales of our Platform may depend on our customers’ ability to obtain reimbursement from third-party payors, such as insurance carriers.
Future sales of our Platform may depend on our customers’ ability to obtain reimbursement from third-party payors, such as insurance carriers. Where such insurance or third-party reimbursement becomes available in the future, any reduction in insurance or other third-party payor reimbursement for our Platform may cause negative price pressure, which would reduce our revenues. Without a corresponding reduction in the cost to produce such products, the result would be a reduction in our overall gross profit. Similarly, any increase in the cost of such products would reduce our overall gross profit unless there was a corresponding increase in third-party payor reimbursement. We face additional risks associated with obtaining and maintaining coverage and securing reimbursement from foreign health care payment systems on a timely basis or at all. Failure by our patients to obtain or maintain coverage or to secure adequate reimbursement for our treatment by third-party payors could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our growth and future success may depend on our ability to enhance our Platform or to develop, obtain regulatory clearance for, successfully introduce, and achieve market acceptance of new products and services.
We intend to continually improve and enhance our Platform and/or develop and introduce new products and services in order to maintain or increase our sales. The success of new or enhanced products and services may depend on a number of factors, including anticipating and effectively addressing consumer preferences and demand, the success of our sales and marketing efforts, innovation and timely and successful research and development, obtaining necessary regulatory clearances, anticipating and responding to competing products and technological innovations, adequately protecting our intellectual property rights, effective forecasting and management of product demand, effective management of manufacturing and supply costs, and the quality of our products. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully develop and introduce new or enhanced products and services. Even if new or enhanced products and services are successfully introduced, they may not rapidly gain market share and acceptance.
The development of new products and services in the dental and orthodontic industry can be complex and costly. We could experience delays in the development and introduction of new and enhanced products and services, including delays in obtaining any necessary regulatory clearances. Unanticipated problems in developing products and services could also divert substantial research and development resources, which may impair our ability to develop new products and services and enhancements of existing products and services, and could substantially increase our costs. If new or enhanced product and service introductions are delayed or not successful, we may not be able to achieve an acceptable return, if any, on our research and development efforts, and our business may be adversely affected. Even if we successfully innovate and develop new or enhanced products and services, we may incur substantial costs in doing so and our profitability may suffer.
Any failure in our ability to successfully develop, introduce, or achieve market acceptance of new or enhanced products and services, or any problems in the design or quality of any products or services we develop, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Operational Risks
Business disruptions could seriously harm our financial condition.
The occurrence of any material or prolonged business disruptions, whether internal or at key suppliers, could harm our business and results of operations, result in material losses, seriously harm our development efforts and future revenues, profitability and financial condition, adversely affect our competitive position, increase our costs and expenses, and require substantial expenditures and recovery time in order to fully resume operations.
When business disruptions occur, they may, individually or in the aggregate, affect our ability to continue critical research and development and could cause production delays or limitations, create adverse effects on distributors, disrupt supply chains, result in shipping and distribution disruptions and reduce the availability of or access to one or more facilities.
13
We are subject to operating risks, including excess or constrained capacity and operational inefficiencies, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
We are subject to operating risks, including excess or constrained capacity and pressure on our internal systems, personnel and suppliers. In order to manage current and anticipated future operations effectively, we must continually implement and improve our operational, financial and management information systems, hire, train, motivate, manage and retain employees, and ensure our suppliers remain diverse and capable of meeting growing demand for the systems, raw materials, parts and components essential to the manufacture and delivery of our products. We may be unable to balance near-term efforts to meet existing demand with future customer demand, including adding personnel, creating scalable, secure and robust systems and operations, and automating processes needed for long term efficiencies. Any such failure could have a material impact on our business, operations and prospects.
Our products and information technology systems are critical to our business. Issues with product development or enhancements, IT system integration, implementation, updates and upgrades could disrupt our operations and have a material impact on our business and operating results.
We rely on the efficient, uninterrupted and secure operation of our IT systems and are dependent on key third-party software embedded in our products and IT systems as well as third-party hosted IT systems to support our operations. All software and IT systems are vulnerable to damage, cyber attacks or interruption from a variety of sources. To effectively manage and improve our operations, our IT systems and applications require an ongoing commitment of significant expenditures and resources to maintain, protect, upgrade, enhance and restore existing systems and develop new systems to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology, evolving industry and regulatory standards, increasingly sophisticated cyber threats, and changing consumer preferences. Failure to adequately protect and maintain the integrity of our products and IT systems may result in a material effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
We plan to continuously upgrade and issue new releases of our products and customer-facing software applications, upon which customer-facing, manufacturing and treatment planning operations depend. Software applications and products containing software frequently contain errors or defects, especially when first introduced or when new versions are released. Additionally, the third-party software integrated into or interoperable with our products and services will routinely reach end of life, and as a consequence, may be exposed to additional vulnerabilities, including increased security risks, errors and malfunctions that may be irreparable or difficult to repair. The discovery of a defect, error or security vulnerability in our products, software applications or IT systems, incompatibility with future customers’ computer operating systems and hardware configurations with a new release or upgraded version or the failure of our products or primary IT systems may cause adverse consequences, including: delay or loss of revenues, significant remediation costs, delay in market acceptance, loss of data, disclosure of financial, health or other personal information of any customers or patients, product recalls, damage to our reputation, or increased service costs, any of which could have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of our operations and the operations of our potential customers or our business partners.
Our success depends on key executive personnel, vendors, and relationships with key dental professionals and organizations.
Our success depends on the expertise and experience of our key personnel, including our CEO, CTO and top management. If we lose the services of any of these key personnel, our business and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, since the research and development of the Platform is mainly performed by outsourced third party vendors, although we could transfer the materials to other vendors, an interruption of service could materially and adversely affect us.
Our success depends largely on the talents and efforts of our personnel, and if we are unable to attract, motivate, train or retain our personnel, it may be more difficult to grow effectively and pursue our strategic priorities, and could materially effect on our results of operations. In addition, our market acceptance and success are dependent on attracting key orthodontists, dentists and dental organization to work in conjunction with us to educate the consumer market on our Platform.
There is no assurance that we will be able to attract and retain relationships with these key dental professionals to validate our Platform. The orthodontics industry is inundated with new products and services which demand the attention of practitioners, who do not have adequate time or motivation to explore new treatments for their patients or business opportunities of their practices.
14
Additionally, facilitating seamless leadership transitions for key positions is a critical factor in sustaining the culture and maintaining the success of our organization. If our succession planning efforts are not effective, it could adversely impact our business. We continue to assess the key personnel that we believe are essential to our long-term success, as future organizational changes could also cause our employee attrition rate to increase. If we fail to effectively manage any organizational or strategic changes, our financial condition, results of operations, and reputation, as well as our ability to successfully attract, motivate and retain key employees, could be harmed.
Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks
Complying with regulations enforced by FDA and other regulatory authorities is expensive and time consuming, and failure to comply could result in substantial penalties.
Our products (including the currently cleared version, as well as the next generation Platform for which we have not yet submitted the requisite 510(k) application to FDA) are considered medical devices and, accordingly, are subject to rigorous regulation by government agencies in the U.S. and other countries in which we intend to sell our products. Compliance with these rigorous regulations will affect capital expenditures, earnings and our competitive position. These regulations vary from country to country but cover, among other things, the following activities with respect to medical devices:
| ● | design, development and manufacturing; |
| ● | testing, labeling, content and language of instructions for use and storage; |
| ● | product storage and safety; |
| ● | marketing, sales and distribution; |
| ● | pre-market clearance and approval; |
| ● | record keeping procedures; |
| ● | advertising and promotion; |
| ● | recalls and field safety corrective actions; |
| ● | post-market surveillance; |
| ● | post-market approval studies; and |
| ● | product import and export. |
The regulations to which we are subject are complex. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs, or lower than anticipated sales. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement action by FDA or state agencies, which may include any of the following sanctions:
| ● | warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, and civil penalties; |
| ● | repair, replacement, refunds, recall, or seizure of our products; |
| ● | operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production; |
| ● | refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing products; |
| ● | withdrawing clearance or pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and |
| ● | criminal prosecution. |
If any of these events were to occur, they could harm our business.
15
We may not receive the necessary authorizations to market our Platform or any future new products, and any failure to timely do so may adversely affect our ability to grow our business.
Before we can sell a new medical device in the U.S., or market a new use of, new claim for, or significant modification to a legally marketed device, we must first obtain either FDA 510(k) clearance or approval, unless an exemption applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, before a device may be marketed, the applicant must submit a premarket notification to FDA under Section 510(k) of the FD&C Act, and FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a legally-marketed “predicate” device. To be “substantially equivalent,” the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics, not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device, and be as safe and as effective as the predicate device. The 510(k) clearance process can be expensive and uncertain and can take from three to 12 months, but may last significantly longer. Clinical data may be required in connection with an application for 510(k) clearance. Furthermore, even if we are granted regulatory clearances or approvals, they may include limitations on the indications for use or intended uses of the device, which may limit the market for the device.
Our first generation Aerodentis System is a Class II medical device, which was cleared by FDA for commercialization in the U.S. pursuant to the 510(k) notification process for movement and alignment of teeth during orthodontic treatment of malocclusion in April 2020. We are preparing to apply for 510(k) clearance for the updated version of the currently cleared device. Such updated Platform contains new and/or different components than the original device, which is why a new 510(k) clearance is required prior to marketing the Platform in the U.S. We have not yet filed a 510(k) submission for the Platform, and it has, thus, not been found by the FDA to be substantially equivalent to the first generation Aerodentis System. We expect to file the 510(k) submission for the Platform prior to the end of 2025.
FDA can delay, limit, or deny 510(k) clearance, or other approval or reclassification, of a device for many reasons, including:
| ● | we may be unable to demonstrate to FDA’s satisfaction that the products or modifications are substantially equivalent to a proposed predicate device or safe and effective for their intended uses; |
| ● | we may be unable to demonstrate that the clinical and other benefits of the device outweigh the risks; and |
| ● | the applicable regulatory authority may identify deficiencies in our submissions or in the facilities or processes of our third party contract manufacturers. |
Any delay or failure to obtain necessary regulatory clearances or approvals could harm our business. Once cleared for marketing in the U.S., if ever, to the extent we decide to market the Platform for any additional indications for use and/or make any material modifications to any element of the device and/or the manufacturing or distribution thereof in the future, an additional 510(k) submission, and FDA clearance thereof, will be required.
In addition, FDA may change its policies, adopt additional regulations, revise existing regulations, or take other actions, or Congress may enact different or additional statutory requirements, which may prevent or delay clearance of our future products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently marketed products on a timely basis. Such policy, statutory, or regulatory changes could impose additional requirements upon us that could delay our ability to obtain new 510(k) clearances, increase the costs of compliance, or restrict our ability to maintain our current marketing authorizations.
We received our European CE mark and ISO/MDSAP certification in 2019. In light of our ISO/MDSAP certification, we believe that we are in substantial compliance with applicable E.U. regulations. We will also need to obtain regulatory approval in other foreign jurisdictions in which we plan to market and sell our products. The time required to obtain registrations or approvals, if required by other countries, may be longer than that required for FDA clearance, and requirements for such registrations, clearances, or approvals may significantly differ from FDA requirements. If we modify our products, we may need to apply for additional regulatory approvals before we are permitted to sell the modified product. In addition, we may not continue to meet the quality and safety standards required to maintain the authorizations that we have received. If we are unable to maintain our authorizations in a particular country, we will no longer be able to sell the applicable product in that country.
16
Failure to comply with these rules, regulations, self-regulatory codes, circulars, and orders could result in significant civil and criminal penalties and costs and could have a material adverse impact on our business. Also, these regulations may be interpreted or applied by a prosecutorial, regulatory, or judicial authority in a manner that could require us to make changes in our operations or incur substantial defense and settlement expenses. Even unsuccessful challenges by regulatory authorities or private relators could result in reputational harm and the incurring of substantial costs. In addition, many of these laws are vague or indefinite and have not been interpreted by the courts and have been subject to frequent modification and varied interpretation by prosecutorial and regulatory authorities, increasing compliance risks.
Certain modifications to our products may require new 510(k) clearance or other marketing authorizations.
Once a medical device is permitted to be legally marketed in the U.S. pursuant to a 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer may be required to notify FDA of certain modifications to the device. Manufacturers determine in the first instance whether a change to a product requires a new premarket submission, but FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision.
While our first generation Aerodentis System has received 510(k) clearance in 2020, we are preparing to apply for 510(k) clearance for the updated components of our Platform, which must, then, be found by the FDA to be substantially equivalent to the Aerodentis System and, thus, may not be lawfully marketed in the U.S. until FDA make a substantial equivalence determination and issues the requisite 510(k) clearance for the updated Platform. Although the development of our Platform has been carefully monitored and documented by professionals who are experienced in the FDA clearance process, there is no assurance that the FDA will agree that our Platform is substantially equivalent to the Aerodentis System and allow our Platform to be marketed in the United States. The FDA may determine that the device is not substantially equivalent and require a PMA or, more likely, a de novo reclassification, and/or require further information, such as additional test data, including data from clinical studies, before it is able to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. By requesting additional information, the FDA can delay market introduction of our Platform. Delays in receipt of or failure to receive any necessary 510(k) clearance, de novo classification, or PMA, or the imposition of stringent restrictions for our Platform could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In the future, we may make other modifications to our products, including our Platform, and determine, based on our review of the applicable FDA regulations and guidance, that in certain instances new 510(k) clearances or other premarket submissions are not required. If FDA disagrees with our determinations, we may be subject to a wide range of enforcement actions, including, for example, a warning letter, among other consequences, after which we will likely have to cease marketing the applicable modified product and/or to recall distributed units of such modified product until we obtain the requisite clearance or approval.
Our products must be manufactured in accordance with federal, state, and international regulations, and we could be forced to recall our products or terminate production and/or face other regulatory enforcement actions if we fail to comply with these regulations.
The methods used in, and the facilities used for, the manufacture of our products must comply with FDA’s Quality System Regulation which is a complex regulatory scheme that covers the procedures and documentation of, among other requirements, the design, testing, validation, verification, complaint handling, production, process controls, quality assurance, labeling, supplier evaluation, packaging, handling, storage, distribution, installation, servicing, and shipping of medical devices. Furthermore, we are required to verify that our suppliers maintain facilities, procedures, and operations that comply with our quality standards and applicable regulatory requirements. FDA enforces the Quality System Regulation through, among other oversight methods, periodic announced or unannounced inspections of medical device manufacturing facilities, which may include the facilities of contractors, suppliers, or contract manufacturing organizations. Our products are also subject to similar state regulations as well as similar laws and regulations of foreign countries. Our failure to comply with the Quality System Regulation or similar requirements could result in enforcement actions, sanctions, recalls, detentions, seizures, or similar market actions with respect to our products, among other potential consequences. If any of these or other events occur, there could be a negative impact on the supply of our products, our reputation could be harmed, we could be exposed to product liability claims, and we could lose customers and suffer reduced revenue and increased costs.
17
Ongoing changes in healthcare regulation could negatively affect our revenues, business and financial condition.
There have been several proposed changes in the United States at the federal and state level for comprehensive reforms regarding the payment for, the availability of and reimbursement for healthcare services. These proposals have ranged from fundamentally changing federal and state healthcare reimbursement programs, including providing comprehensive healthcare coverage to the public under government-funded programs, to minor modifications to existing programs. One example, among countless others, is the Patient Protection and Affordable Care (the “Affordable Care Act”) which was the most significant Federal healthcare reform law enacted in the U.S. in recent history. The Affordable Care Act has undergone substantial challenges and changes since its enactment in 2010, and numerous other federal healthcare reform legislation, executive orders, and judicial rulings have been implemented in the years since, most of which have been or are aimed at lowering healthcare costs in the U.S. To the extent any such reform measures or any future initiatives reduce reimbursement or coverage eligibility or amount(s) for our Platform and/or any future products we may market in the U.S. (if any), our business may be adversely affected.
Healthcare reform initiatives will continue to be proposed and may reduce healthcare related funding in an effort. It is impossible to predict the ultimate content and timing of any healthcare reform legislation and its resulting impact on us. If significant reforms are made to the healthcare system in the United States, or in other jurisdictions, those reforms may increase our costs or otherwise negatively effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
On April 5, 2017, the European Parliament passed the Medical Devices Regulation (Regulation 2017/745), which repeals and replaces the E.U. Medical Device Directive and became effective on May 26, 2021. The Medical Devices Regulation, among other things, is intended to establish a uniform, transparent, predictable, and sustainable regulatory framework across the EEA for medical devices and ensure a high level of safety and health while supporting innovation. The new regulations, among other things:
| ● | strengthen the rules on placing devices on the market and reinforce surveillance once they are available; |
| ● | establish explicit provisions on manufacturers’ responsibilities for the follow-up of the quality, performance and safety of devices placed on the market; |
| ● | improve the traceability of medical devices throughout the supply chain to the end-user or patient through a unique identification number; |
| ● | set up a central database to provide patients, healthcare professionals and the public with comprehensive information on products available in the European Union; and |
| ● | strengthen rules for the assessment of certain high-risk devices, such as implants, which may have to undergo an additional check by experts before they are placed on the market. |
These modifications may have an effect on the way we conduct our business in the EEA.
Any change in the laws or regulations that govern the clearance and approval processes relating to our current, planned and future products could make it more difficult and costly to obtain clearance or approval for new products or to produce, market and distribute existing products. Significant delays in receiving clearance or approval or the failure to receive clearance or approval for our new products would have an adverse effect on our ability to expand our business.
18
Our products may cause or contribute to adverse medical events that we are required to report to FDA and other governmental authorities, and if we fail to do so, we would be subject to sanctions that could harm our reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition. The discovery of serious safety issues with our products, or a recall of our products either voluntarily or at the direction of FDA or another governmental authority, could have a negative impact on us.
We are required to timely file various reports with FDA, including reports required by the medical device reporting regulations which require us to report to FDA when we receive or become aware of information that reasonably suggests that one of our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that, if the malfunction were to recur to the device or a similar device that we market, could cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, FDA or other governmental authorities could take action, including warning letters, untitled letters, administrative actions, criminal prosecution, imposition of civil monetary penalties, revocation of our device clearance, seizure of our products, or delay in clearance of future products. FDA and certain foreign regulatory bodies have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products under certain circumstances.
A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing defects, labeling or design deficiencies, packaging defects, or other deficiencies, or failures to comply with applicable regulations. If we do not adequately address problems associated with our devices, we may face additional regulatory requirements or enforcement action, including required new marketing authorizations, FDA warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties, or civil or criminal proceedings.
We may initiate voluntary withdrawals, removals, or corrections for our products in the future that we determine do not require notification of FDA. If FDA disagrees with our determinations, it could require us to report those actions and we may be subject to enforcement action. A future recall announcement or other corrective action could harm our financial results and reputation, potentially lead to product liability claims against us, require the dedication of our time and capital, and negatively affect our sales.
In addition, FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change, and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit, or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. For example, in November 2018, FDA announced that it plans to develop proposals to drive manufacturers utilizing the 510(k) pathway toward the use of newer predicates. It is unclear the extent to which any proposals, if adopted, could impose additional regulatory requirements on us that could delay our ability to obtain new 510(k) clearances, increase the costs of compliance, or restrict our ability to maintain our current clearances.
We also cannot predict the likelihood, nature, or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action, either in the U.S. or abroad. For example, the Trump Administration previously enacted several executive actions that could impose significant burdens on, or otherwise materially delay, FDA’s ability to engage in routine regulatory and oversight activities. It is difficult to predict how these executive actions and executive actions that may be taken under the Biden Administration may affect FDA’s ability to exercise its regulatory authority. If these executive actions impose constraints on FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be negatively impacted.
Changes in internet regulations could adversely affect our business.
Laws, rules, and regulations governing internet communications, advertising, and e-commerce are dynamic, and the extent of future government regulation is uncertain. Federal and state regulations govern various aspects of our online business, including intellectual property ownership and infringement, trade secrets, the distribution of electronic communications, marketing and advertising, user privacy and data security, search engines, and internet tracking technologies. Future taxation on the use of the internet or e-commerce transactions could also be imposed. Existing or future regulation or taxation could increase our operating expenses and expose us to significant liabilities.
19
Disruptions at the FDA, other agencies or notified bodies caused by funding shortages or global health concerns could hinder their ability to hire, retain, or deploy key leadership and other personnel, or otherwise prevent new or modified products from being developed, cleared or approved, or commercialized in a timely manner, or at all, which could negatively impact our business.
The ability of the FDA, other agencies and notified bodies to review and authorize or certify for marketing new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, statutory, regulatory and policy changes, agency’s or notified body’s ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and other events that may otherwise affect the agency’s or notified body’s ability to perform routine functions. Average review times at the FDA and other agencies and notified bodies have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of other government agencies that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable. Disruptions at the FDA, other agencies and notified bodies may also slow the time necessary for new medical devices or modifications to be reviewed and/or cleared, approved or certified by necessary agencies or notified bodies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, over the last several years, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical FDA employees and stop critical activities.
Separately, in response to the global COVID-19 pandemic, the FDA postponed most inspections of domestic and foreign manufacturing facilities at various points. Even though the FDA has since resumed standard inspection operations of domestic facilities where feasible, the FDA has continued to monitor and implement changes to its inspectional activities to ensure the safety of its employees and those of the firms it regulates as it adapts to the evolving COVID-19 pandemic, and any resurgence of the virus or emergence of new variants may lead to further inspectional delays. Regulatory authorities outside the United States may adopt similar policy measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns continue to prevent the FDA or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews, or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA or other regulatory authorities to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
In the E.U., notified bodies must be officially designated to certify products and services in accordance with the MDR. While several notified bodies have been designated the COVID-19 pandemic has significantly slowed down their designation process and the current designated notified bodies are facing a large amount of requests with the new regulation as a consequence of which review times have lengthened although a new regulation amending the E.U. MDR was adopted in March 2023, extending existing transitional provisions. This situation could significantly impact the ability of notified bodies to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business in the E.U. and the EEA (which consists of the 27 E.U. member states plus Norway, Liechtenstein and Iceland).
The misuse or off-label use of our Platform may harm our reputation in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits or result in costly investigations, fines or sanctions by regulatory bodies, particularly if we are deemed to have engaged in the promotion of these uses, any of which could be costly to our business.
Our first generation Aerodentis System is a Class II medical device was cleared by FDA for commercialization in the U.S. pursuant to the 510(k) notification process for movement and alignment of teeth during orthodontic treatment of malocclusion in April 2020. We are preparing to apply for 510(k) clearance for the Platform. We expect to file the 510(k) submission for the Platform prior to the end of 2025. If and when our Platform receives 510(k) clearance, it will be cleared for marketing by the FDA only for movement and alignment of teeth during orthodontic treatment of malocclusion. We, thus, will not be able to promote it for any other indications for use or make any promotional claims that are inconsistent with, or outside the scope of, such FDA clearance (often referred to as “off-label uses”). However, the assessment of whether a given claim is or is not consistent with a given FDA clearance or approval can often be subjective, and we cannot guarantee that FDA will always agree with our position regarding a particular claim or that all of our employees, representatives, and agents will abide by our marketing policies. If FDA determines that we have promoted any product without the requisite clearance or approval and/or for an off-label or unapproved use, it could take any number of enforcement actions against us, including (among others), issuing untitled or warning letters and/or pursuing an injunction, seizure, civil fine and/or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action under other regulatory authority, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and/or business as a whole.
20
Additionally, we must have competent and reliable scientific evidence or, where applicable, other adequate substantiation for each reasonable interpretation of every promotional claim we make. In particular, comparative or superiority claims generally require adequate, well controlled, head-to-head clinical studies, comparing the product to the applicable competing products. To the extent we make any claims, or are otherwise held responsible for third-party claims about any product we may market in the United States, without the requisite clinical substantiation, we could be subject to enforcement action by FDA and/or the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”), as well as a competitor challenge via the National Advertising Division (the “NAD”) of the Better Business Bureau. Our plans to utilize social media as a primary promotional tool for our device(s) increases the applicable enforcement risk, as it makes it easier for our employees, affiliates, and any third parties with which we may have a relationship and/or arrangement under which we are deemed responsible for such party’s claims about our product(s) to disseminate promotional claims about our product(s) that may be inconsistent with applicable regulations governing device promotions. Further, consumers can bring private false-advertising lawsuits, including class actions, against us for any material misrepresentations and/or deceptive or unsubstantiated claims (among other similar causes of action) in our promotional materials or other advertising. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Laws and Regulations Governing Healthcare, including Health Information Privacy and Security Laws
We are subject to certain federal, state, and foreign fraud and abuse laws, health information privacy and security laws, and transparency laws, which, if violated, could subject us to substantial penalties. Additionally, any challenge to or investigation into our practices under these laws could cause adverse publicity and be costly to respond to, and thus could harm our business.
There are numerous U.S. federal and state, as well as foreign, laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback, false claims, and physician transparency laws. Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations involve substantial costs. Our business practices and relationships with providers and patients are subject to scrutiny under these laws. We may also be subject to patient information privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states and foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. The healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include:
| ● | the federal healthcare Medicare and Medicaid Patient Protection Act of 1987 (the “Anti-Kickback Statute”), which prohibits, among other things, persons, and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order, or arrange for or recommend a good or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value. The government can establish a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute without proving that a person or entity had actual knowledge of the law or a specific intent to violate. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors to the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute protecting certain common business arrangements and activities from prosecution or regulatory sanctions, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration to those who prescribe, purchase, or recommend medical device products, including discounts, or engaging individuals as speakers, consultants, or advisors, may be subject to scrutiny if they do not fit squarely within an exception or safe harbor. Our practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for safe harbor protection from anti- kickback liability. Moreover, there are no safe harbors for many common practices, such as reimbursement support programs, educational or research grants, or charitable donations; |
21
| ● | the federal civil False Claims Act, which prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment of federal government funds, and knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. Private individuals, commonly known as “whistleblowers,” can bring civil False Claims Act qui tam actions, on behalf of the government and such individuals and may share in amounts paid by the entity to the government in recovery or settlement. False Claims Act liability is potentially significant in the healthcare industry because the statute provides for treble damages and serious mandatory penalties for each false or fraudulent claim or statement. The government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim under the federal civil False Claims Act. Many pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers have been investigated and have reached substantial settlements under the federal civil False Claims Act in connection with alleged off-label promotion of their products and allegedly providing free products to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal health care programs for the product. In addition, manufacturers can be held liable under the federal civil False Claims Act even when they do not submit claims directly to government payers if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims. There are also criminal penalties, including imprisonment and criminal fines, for making or presenting false, fictitious or fraudulent claims to the federal government; |
| ● | Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), which created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing or attempting to execute a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payers, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statements or representations, or making or using any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or entry in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation; |
| ● | the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act under the Affordable Care Act which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the United States Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and applicable manufacturers and group purchasing organizations, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Since January 2022, applicable manufacturers are also required to report information regarding payments and transfers of value provided to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists, and certified nurse-midwives; |
| ● | HIPAA, as amended by Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”), and their respective implementing regulations, which imposes privacy, security, and breach reporting obligations with respect to Protected Health Information (“PHI”), upon entities subject to the law, such as health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers, and their respective business associates that perform services on their behalf that involve PHI. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make HIPAA compliance as well as civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions; and |
22
| ● | analogous state and foreign law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payer, including commercial insurers or patients; state laws that require device companies to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state and local laws that require the licensure of sales representatives; state laws that require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures and pricing information; data privacy and security laws and regulations in foreign jurisdictions that may be more stringent than those in the United States (such as the E.U., which adopted the GDPR, which became effective in May 2018); state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts; and state laws related to insurance fraud in the case of claims involving private insurers. |
These laws and regulations, among other things, constrain our business, marketing, and other promotional activities by limiting the kinds of financial arrangements, including sales programs, we may have with physicians or other potential purchasers of our products. We have also entered into consulting agreements with physicians, which are subject to these laws. Further, while we do not submit claims and our future customers will make the ultimate decision on how to submit claims, we may provide reimbursement guidance and support regarding our products. Due to the breadth of these laws, the narrowness of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors available, and the range of interpretations to which they are subject, it is possible that some of our current or future practices might be challenged under one or more of these laws.
To enforce compliance with healthcare regulatory laws, certain enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. For example, U.S. federal and state regulatory and enforcement agencies continue to actively investigate violations of healthcare laws and regulations, including pursuing novel theories of liability under these laws. These government agencies recently have increased regulatory scrutiny and enforcement activity with respect to manufacturer reimbursement support activities and patient support programs, including bringing criminal charges or civil enforcement actions under the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback statute, federal civil False Claims Act, the health care fraud statute, and HIPAA privacy provisions. Responding to investigations can be time and resource consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business. Even an unsuccessful challenge or investigation into our practices could cause adverse publicity, and be costly to respond to.
If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the healthcare laws or regulations described above or any other healthcare regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, substantial monetary penalties, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, imprisonment, additional reporting obligations, and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, reputational harm, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.
Since our Platform will utilize cloud-based information systems and the exchange of information between patents and doctors, we will be subject to numerous U.S. federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of personally identifiable information, including health information.
Among other data-privacy and/or confidentiality laws to which we may be subject, HIPAA establishes privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of PHI and require covered entities and business associates to implement administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of individually identifiable health information in electronic form, among other requirements.
Violations of HIPAA may result in civil and criminal penalties. We must also comply with HIPAA’s breach notification rule which requires notification to affected individuals and the Secretary of Health and Human Services (“HHS”), and in certain cases to media outlets, in the case of a breach of unsecured PHI. The regulations also require business associates of covered entities to notify the covered entity of breaches by the business associate.
23
State attorneys general also have the right to prosecute HIPAA violations committed against residents of their states, and HIPAA standards have been used as the basis for the duty of care in state civil suits, such as those for negligence or recklessness in misusing personal information. In addition, HIPAA mandates that HHS conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities and their business associates for compliance.
Many states also have laws that protect the privacy and security of sensitive and personal information, including health information. These laws may be similar to or even more protective than HIPAA and other federal privacy laws. For example, the laws of the State of California are more restrictive than HIPAA. Where state laws are more protective than HIPAA, we must comply with the state laws we are subject to, in addition to HIPAA. California passed the California Consumer Privacy Act or CCPA on June 28, 2018, which went into effect January 1, 2020. On November 3, 2020, the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020 (“CPRA”), which amends the CCPA and adds new privacy protections that became effective on January 1, 2023, was enacted through a ballot initiative. While information we maintain that is covered by HIPAA may be exempt from the CCPA, other records and information we maintain on our patients may be subject to the CCPA. In certain cases, it may be necessary to modify our planned operations and procedures to comply with these more stringent state laws. Not only may some of these state laws impose fines and penalties upon violators, but also some, unlike HIPAA, may afford private rights of action to individuals who believe their personal information has been misused. In addition, state and federal privacy laws subject to frequent change.
In addition to HIPAA and state health information privacy laws, we may be subject to other state and federal privacy laws, including laws that prohibit unfair privacy and security practices and deceptive statements about privacy and security, laws that place specific requirements on certain types of activities, such as data security and texting, and laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach.
Foreign data protection, privacy, and other laws and regulations are often more restrictive than those in the U.S. The E.U., for example, traditionally has imposed stricter obligations under its laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection than the U.S. In May 2018, the GDPR governing data practices and privacy in the E.U., became effective and replaced the data protection laws of the individual member states. GDPR requires companies to meet stringent requirements regarding the handling of personal data of individuals in the E.U. These more stringent requirements include expanded disclosures to inform members about how we may use their personal data, increased controls on profiling members, and increased rights for members to access, control and delete their personal data. In addition, there are mandatory data breach notification requirements. The law also includes significant penalties for non-compliance, which may result in monetary penalties of up to 20 million Euros or 4% of a company’s worldwide turnover, whichever is higher. GDPR and other similar regulations require companies to give specific types of notice and informed consent is required for the placement of a cookie or similar technologies on a user’s device for online tracking for behavioral advertising and other purposes and for direct electronic marketing, and the GDPR also imposes additional conditions in order to satisfy such consent, such as a prohibition on pre-checked consents. It remains unclear how the U.K. data protection laws or regulations will develop in the medium to longer term and how data transfer to the U.K. from the E.U. will be regulated. Outside of the E.U., there are many other countries with data protection laws, and new countries are adopting data protection legislation with increasing frequency. Many of these laws may require consent from individuals for the use of data for various purposes, including marketing, which may reduce our ability to market our products.
There is no harmonized approach to these laws and regulations globally. Consequently, we increase our risk of non-compliance with applicable foreign data protection laws and regulations when we expand internationally. We may need to change and limit the way we use personal information in operating our business and may have difficulty maintaining a single operating model that is compliant. Compliance with such laws and regulations will result in additional costs and may necessitate changes to our business practices and divergent operating models, limit the effectiveness of our marketing activities, adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition, and subject us to additional liabilities.
24
Our business could be adversely affected by professional and legal challenges to our business model or by new state actions restricting our ability to provide our products and services in certain states.
Since the success of our business will be dependent on the widespread adaptation of our Platform as a valid method for smile correction, many patients across multiple geographies will be needed to use our Platform and provide positive feedback and results. This will expose us to legal risk of patients or dental practitioners who may have a negative experience with our Platform to file lawsuits claiming damages or other claims. Although the we will seek insurance coverage for such legal actions, there is no assurance that the amount of coverage will be sufficient to cover these claims. In addition, such legal actions from consumers and dental professionals may result in material and adverse effects on our ability to continue to conduct business due to negative press.
A number of dental and orthodontic professionals believe that aligners are appropriate for only a limited percentage of their patients and may believe that our Platform is even less appropriate than traditional aligners. National and state dental associations have issued statements discouraging use of orthodontics using a teledentistry platform. Increased market acceptance of remote treatment may depend, in part, upon the recommendations of dental and orthodontic professionals and associations, as well as other factors including effectiveness, safety, ease of use, reliability, aesthetics, and price compared to competing products. Furthermore, our ability to conduct business in each state is dependent, in part, upon that particular state’s treatment of remote healthcare and that state dental board’s regulation of the practice of dentistry.
Security breaches, data breaches, cyber attacks, other cybersecurity incidents or the failure to comply with privacy, security and data protection laws could materially impact our operations, patient care could suffer, we could be liable for damages, and our business, operations and reputation could be harmed.
We expect to retain confidential customer personal and financial, patient health information and our own proprietary information and data essential to our business operations. We will rely upon the effective operation of our IT systems, and those of our service providers, vendors, and other third parties to safeguard the information and data. Additionally, our success may be dependent on the success of healthcare providers, many of whom are comprised of individual or small operations with limited IT experience and inadequate or untested security protocols, in managing data privacy and data security requirements. It is critical that the facilities, infrastructure and IT systems on which we depend to run our business and the products we develop remain secure and be perceived by the marketplace and our potential customers to be secure. Despite the implementation of security features in our products and security measures in our IT systems, we and our service providers, vendors, and other third parties may become subject to physical break-ins, computer viruses or other malicious code, unauthorized or fraudulent access, programming errors or other technical malfunctions, hacking or phishing attacks, malware, ransomware, employee error or malfeasance, cyber attacks, and other breaches of IT systems or similar disruptive actions, including by organized groups and nation-state actors. For example, we may experience cybersecurity incidents and unauthorized internal employee exfiltration of company information.
Further, the frequency of third-party cyber-attacks has increased over the last several years. The military conflict in Ukraine may cause nation-state actors or hackers sympathetic to either side of the conflict to carry out cyber-attacks to achieve their goals, which may include espionage, information gathering operations, monetary gain, ransomware, disruption, and destruction. Significant service disruptions, breaches in our infrastructure and IT systems or other cybersecurity incidents could expose us to litigation or regulatory investigations, impair our reputation and competitive position, be distracting to our management, and require significant time and resources to address. Affected parties or regulatory agencies could initiate legal or regulatory action against us, which could prevent us from resolving the issues quickly or force us to resolve them in unanticipated ways, cause us to incur significant expense and liability, or result in judicial or governmental orders forcing us to cease operations or modify our business practices in ways that could materially limit or restrict the products and services we provide. Concerns over our privacy practices could adversely affect others’ perception of us and deter potential customers, patients and partners from using our products. In addition, patient care could suffer, and we could be liable if our products or IT systems fail to deliver accurate and complete information in a timely manner. We have internal monitoring and detection systems as well as cybersecurity and other forms of insurance coverage related to a breach event covering expenses for notification, credit monitoring, investigation, crisis management, public relations and legal advice. However, damages and claims arising from such incidents may not be covered or may exceed the amount of any coverage and do not cover the time and effort we may incur investigating and responding to any incidents, which may be material. The costs to eliminate, mitigate or recover from security problems and cyber attacks and incidents could be material and depending on the nature and extent of the problem and the networks or products impacted, may result in network or systems interruptions, decreased product sales, or data loss that may have a material impact on our operations, net revenues and operating results.
25
Our business will expose us to potential liability for the quality and safety of our products and services, how we advertise and market those products and services and how and to whom we sell them, and we may incur substantial expenses or be found liable for substantial damages or penalties if we are subject to claims or litigation.
Our products and services involve an inherent risk of claims concerning their design, manufacture, safety and performance, how they are marketed and advertised in a complex framework of highly regulated domestic and international laws and regulations, how we package, bundle or sell them to potential customers, who may be private individuals or companies or public entities such as hospitals and clinics, and how we train and support doctors, their staffs and patients who administer or use our products. Moreover, consumer products and services are routinely subject to claims of false, deceptive or misleading advertising, consumer fraud and unfair business practices. Additionally, we may be held liable if any product we develop or manufacture or services we offer or perform causes injury or is otherwise found unhealthy. If our products are safe but they are promoted for off-label usage, we may be investigated, fined or have our products or services enjoined or approvals rescinded or we may be required to defend ourselves in litigation. Although we maintain insurance for product liability, business practices and other types of activities we make or offer, coverage may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all, and may be insufficient for actual liabilities. Any claim for product liability, sales, advertising and business practices, regardless of its merit or eventual outcome, could result in material legal defense costs and damage our reputation, increase our expenses and divert management’s attention.
Increased focus on current and anticipated environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) laws and increased scrutiny of our ESG policies and practices may materially increase our costs, expose us to potential liability, adversely impact our reputation, employee retention, willingness of potential customers and suppliers to do business with us and willingness of investors to invest in us.
Our operations are subject to a variety of existing local, regional and global ESG laws and regulations, and we will likely be required to comply with new, broader, more complex and more costly laws and regulations that focus on ESG matters. Our compliance obligations will likely span all aspects of our business and operations, including product design and development, materials sourcing and other procurement activities, product packaging, product safety, energy and natural resources usage, facilities design and utilization, recycling and collection, transportation, disposal activities and workers’ rights.
Environmental regulations related to greenhouse gases are expected to have an increasingly larger impact on our or our suppliers’ energy sources. Many U.S. and foreign regulators have enacted or are considering enacting new or additional disclosure requirements or limits on the emissions of greenhouse gases, including, but not limited to, carbon dioxide and methane, from power generation units using fossil fuels. The effects of greenhouse gas emission limits on power generation are subject to significant uncertainties, including the timing of any new requirements, levels of emissions reductions and the scope and types of emissions regulated. These limits may have the effect of increasing our costs and those of our suppliers and could result in manufacturing, transportation and supply chain disruptions and delays if clean energy alternatives are not readily available in adequate amounts when required. Moreover, alternative energy sources, coupled with reduced investments in traditional energy sources and infrastructure, may fail to provide the predictable, reliable, and consistent energy that we, our suppliers and other businesses need for operations.
Meeting our obligations under existing ESG laws, rules, or regulations is already costly to us and our suppliers, and we expect those costs to increase as new laws are enacted, possibly materially. Additionally, we expect regulators to perform investigations, inspections and periodically audit our compliance with these laws and regulations, and we cannot provide assurance that our efforts or operations will be compliant. If we fail to comply with any requirements, we could be subject to significant penalties or liabilities and we may be required to implement new and materially more costly processes and procedures to come into compliance. Further these laws are subject to unpredictable changes. Even if we successfully comply with these laws and regulations, our suppliers may fail to comply. We may also suffer financial and reputational harm if future customers require, and we are unable to deliver, certification that our products are conflict free. In all of these situations, our future customers may stop purchasing products from us, and may take legal action against us, which could harm our reputation, revenues and results of operations.
26
Investor advocacy groups, institutional investors, investment funds, proxy advisory services, stockholders, and consumers are also increasingly focused on corporate ESG practices. Additionally, public interest and legislative pressure related to public companies’ ESG practices continues to grow. If our ESG practices fail to meet investor or other industry stakeholders’ evolving expectations and standards, including environmental stewardship, support for local communities, board of director and employee diversity, human capital management, employee health and safety practices, product quality, supply chain management, corporate governance and transparency and employing ESG strategies in our operations, our brand, reputation and employee retention may be negatively impacted, potential customers and suppliers may be unwilling to do business with us and investors may be unwilling to invest in us. In addition, as we work to align our ESG practices with industry standards, we have expanded and will likely continue to expand our disclosures in these areas. We also expect to incur additional costs and require additional resources to monitor, report, and comply with our various ESG practices. If we fail to adopt ESG standards or practices as quickly as stakeholders desire, report on our ESG efforts or practices accurately, or satisfy the disclosure and other expectations of stakeholders, our reputation, business, financial performance, growth, and stock price may be adversely impacted.
We are subject to consumer protection laws that regulate our marketing practices and prohibit unfair or deceptive acts or practices. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business, and changes in such regulations or laws could require us to modify our products, marketing or advertising efforts.
In connection with the marketing or advertisement of our products and services, we could be the target of claims relating to false, misleading, deceptive, or otherwise noncompliant advertising or marketing practices, including under the auspices of the FTC and state consumer protection statutes. If we rely on third parties to provide any marketing and advertising of our products and services, we could be liable for, or face reputational harm as a result of, their marketing practices if, for example, they fail to comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.
If we are found to have breached any consumer protection, advertising, unfair competition, or other laws or regulations, we may be subject to enforcement actions that require us to change our marketing and business practices in a manner which may negatively impact us. This could also result in litigation, fines, penalties, and adverse publicity that could cause reputational harm and loss of patient trust, which could have an adverse effect on our business.
We will be subject to a number of risks related to the credit card and debit card payments we plan to accept.
We plan to accept payments through credit and debit card transactions. For credit and debit card payments, we will be required to pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time. An increase in those fees may require us to increase the prices we charge and would increase our operating expenses, either of which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
If we or our future processing vendors fail to maintain adequate systems for the authorization and processing of credit and debit card transactions, it could cause one or more of the major credit card companies to disallow our continued use of their payment products. In addition, if these systems fail to work properly and, as a result, we do not charge our patients’ credit or debit cards on a timely basis or at all, our business, revenue, results of operations, and financial condition could be harmed.
The payment methods that we will offer can also subject us to potential fraud and theft by criminals, who are becoming increasingly more sophisticated in exploiting weaknesses that may exist in the payment systems. If we fail to comply with applicable rules or requirements for the payment methods we will accept, or if payment-related data is compromised due to a breach, we may be liable for significant costs incurred by payment card issuing banks and other third parties or subject to fines and higher transaction fees, or our ability to accept or facilitate certain types of payments may be impaired. In addition, our patients could lose confidence in certain payment types, which may result in a shift to other payment types or potential changes to our payment systems that may result in higher costs. If we fail to adequately control fraudulent credit card transactions, we may face civil liability, diminished public perception of our security measures, and significantly higher card-related costs, each of which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
27
We will also be subject to payment card association operating rules, certification requirements, and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it more difficult for us to comply. We will be required to comply with payment card industry security standards. Failing to comply with those standards may violate payment card association operating rules, federal and state laws and regulations, and the terms of our contracts with payment processors. Any failure to comply fully also may subject us to fines, penalties, damages, and civil liability, and may result in the loss of our ability to accept credit and debit card payments. Further, there is no guarantee that such compliance will prevent illegal or improper use of our payment systems or the theft, loss, or misuse of data pertaining to credit and debit cards, card holders, and transactions.
If we are unable to maintain our chargeback rate or refund rates at acceptable levels, our future processing vendor may increase our transaction fees or terminate its relationship with us. Any increases in our credit and debit card fees could harm our results of operations, particularly if we elect not to raise our rates for our products and services to offset the increase. The termination of our ability to process payments on any major credit or debit card would significantly impair our ability to operate our business.
We face risks related to our future international sales, including the need to obtain necessary foreign regulatory clearance or approvals.
Sales of our products outside the U.S. will subject us to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. We received our European CE mark and ISO/MDSAP certification in 2019. In light of our ISO/MDSAP certification, we believe that we are in substantial compliance with applicable E.U. regulations.
We will also need to obtain regulatory approval in other foreign jurisdictions in which we plan to market and sell our products. The time required to obtain clearances or approvals required by other countries may be longer than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and requirements for such approvals may differ from FDA requirements. We may be unable to obtain regulatory approvals and may also incur significant costs in attempting to obtain foreign regulatory approvals or maintain those we already have. If we experience delays in receipt of approvals to market our products in new jurisdictions, or if we fail to receive these approvals, we may be unable to market our products in international markets in a timely manner, if at all, which could materially impact our international expansion and adversely affect our business as a whole. In addition, we anticipate that regulations in certain foreign countries may challenge our teledentistry model. Some international regulations may also limit the availability of our Platform to patients in certain jurisdictions without our first obtaining a license or engaging a third party to provide such financing, or limit the financing options we can offer our patients. If any of these risks were to materialize, they could limit our expected international growth and profitability.
Intellectual Property Risks
Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology, and if we are unable to successfully enforce our intellectual property rights, our competitive position may be harmed.
Our success will depend in part on our ability to maintain existing intellectual property and to obtain and maintain further intellectual property protection for our products and services, both in the U.S. and in other countries. We intend to protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret laws, as well as third-party confidentiality and assignment agreements. Our inability to do so could harm our competitive position.
We rely on our portfolio of issued and pending patent applications in the U.S. and other countries to protect a large part of our intellectual property and our competitive position; however, our currently pending or future patent filings may not result in the issuance of patents. While we generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use, or sell patented products, we may not accurately predict all of the countries where patent protection will ultimately be desirable. If we fail to timely file for a patent, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date.
28
Patent rights are territorial, and patent protection extends only to those countries where we have issued patents. Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our products and product candidates in all countries and jurisdictions throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States could be less extensive than those in the United States. Many countries do not protect intellectual property to the same extent as the U.S. or Europe, and their litigation processes differ. Competitors may successfully challenge or avoid our patents, or manufacture products in countries where we have not applied for patent protection. Changes in the patent laws in the U.S. or other countries may diminish the value of our patent rights. As a result of these and other factors, the scope, validity, enforceability, and commercial value of our patent rights are uncertain and unpredictable.
Furthermore, the issuance of a patent, while presumed valid and enforceable, is not conclusive as to its validity or its enforceability and it may not provide us with adequate proprietary protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar products. Any patents issued to us may be challenged, invalidated, held unenforceable, circumvented, or may not be sufficiently broad to prevent third parties from producing competing products similar in design to our products. In addition, any protection afforded by foreign patents may be more limited than that provided under U.S. patent and intellectual property laws. There can be no assurance that any of our patents, any patents licensed to us, or any patents which we may be issued in the future, will provide us with a competitive advantage or afford us protection against infringement by others, or that the patents will not be successfully challenged or circumvented by third parties, including our competitors. Further, there can be no assurance that we will have adequate resources to enforce our patents. Competitors may also be able to design around our patents. Other parties may develop and obtain patent protection for more effective technologies, designs or methods.
Our ability to enforce our patent rights depends on our ability to detect infringement. It is difficult to detect infringers who do not advertise the components that are used in their products. Moreover, it may be difficult or impossible to obtain evidence of infringement in a competitor’s or potential competitor’s product, particularly in litigation in countries other than the U.S. that do not provide an extensive discovery procedure. Any litigation to enforce or defend our patent rights, if any, even if we were to prevail, could be costly and time-consuming and would divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded if we were to prevail may not be commercially meaningful.
We also may seek to rely on protection of copyright, trade secrets, know how, and confidential and proprietary information. We generally enter into confidentiality and non-compete agreements with our employees, consultants, and collaborative partners upon their commencement of a relationship with us. However, these agreements may not provide meaningful protection against the unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets or other confidential information, and adequate remedies may not exist if unauthorized use or disclosure were to occur. The exposure of our trade secrets and other proprietary information would impair our competitive advantages and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition, and future growth prospects. In particular, a failure to protect our proprietary rights might allow competitors to copy our technology, which could adversely affect our pricing and market share. We may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or trade secrets by consultants, vendors, former employees and current employees. Further, other parties may independently develop substantially equivalent know-how and technology.
While we currently do not own any registered trademarks, we intend to rely on both registered and common law rights for our trademarks in the future. There can be no assurance that our future trademark applications will be approved. Third parties may also oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products and services, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Further, there can be no assurance that competitors will not infringe our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.
Litigation, interferences, oppositions, re-exams, inter partes reviews, post grant reviews, or other proceedings are, have been, and may in the future be necessary in some instances to determine the validity and scope of certain of our proprietary rights, and in other instances to determine the validity, scope, or non-infringement of certain proprietary rights claimed by third parties to be pertinent to the manufacture, use, or sale of our products or provision of our services. These types of proceedings are unpredictable and may be protracted, expensive, and distracting to management. The outcome of such proceedings could adversely affect the validity and scope of our patent or other proprietary rights, hinder our ability to manufacture and market our products and provide our services, require us to seek a license for the infringed product or technology, or result in the assessment of significant monetary damages. An unfavorable ruling could include monetary damages or, in cases where injunctive relief is sought, an injunction prohibiting us from selling our products or providing our services. Any of these results from litigation could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
29
If we infringe or violate the patents or proprietary rights of other parties or are subject to an intellectual property infringement or misappropriation claim, our ability to grow our business may be severely limited.
Our commercial success also depends upon our ability, and the ability of any third party with which we may partner, to develop, manufacture, market and sell our products, if approved, and use our patent-protected technologies without infringing the patents of third parties. Extensive litigation over patents and other intellectual property rights is common in the dental and orthodontic industry.
We may not have identified all patents, published applications or published literature that affect our business either by blocking our ability to commercialize our products, by preventing the patentability of one or more aspects of our products, or by covering the same or similar technologies that may affect our ability to market our products. For example, we may not have conducted a patent clearance search sufficient to identify potentially obstructing third party patent rights. Moreover, patent applications in the United States are maintained in confidence for up to 18 months after their filing. In some cases, however, patent applications remain confidential in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, for the entire time prior to issuance as a U.S. patent. Patent applications filed in countries outside of the United States are not typically published until at least 18 months from their first filing date. Similarly, publication of discoveries in the scientific or patent literature often lags behind actual discoveries. We cannot be certain that we were the first to invent, or the first to file, patent applications covering our products. We also may not know if our competitors filed patent applications for technology covered by our pending applications or if we were the first to invent the technology that is the subject of our patent applications. Competitors may have filed patent applications or received patents and may obtain additional patents and proprietary rights that block or compete with our patents.
We may therefore in the future be the subject of patent or other litigation. From time to time, we may in the future receive letters from third parties drawing our attention to their patent rights. While we do not believe that we infringe upon any valid and enforceable rights that have been brought to our attention, and we take necessary steps to ensure that we do not infringe on the rights of others, there may be other more pertinent rights of which we are presently unaware. The defense and prosecution of intellectual property suits, interference proceedings, and related legal and administrative proceedings could result in substantial expense to us and significant diversion of effort by our technical and management personnel. An adverse determination of any litigation or interference proceeding to which we may become a party could subject us to significant liabilities. An adverse determination of this nature could also put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly or require us to seek licenses from third parties. Licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, in which event, our business would be materially adversely affected. Intellectual property litigation or claims could force us to cease developing, selling or otherwise commercializing one or more of our products; to pay substantial damages for past use of the asserted intellectual property; and redesign, or rename in the case of trademark claims, our product(s) to avoid such third party rights, which may not be possible or which could be costly and time-consuming. Any of these risks coming to fruition could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Our failure to secure trademark registrations could adversely affect our ability to market our products and operate our business.
Any future trademark applications in the United States and any other jurisdictions where we may file may not be allowed registration, and we may not be able to maintain or enforce our registered trademarks. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections. Although we are given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the USPTO and in corresponding foreign agencies, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our applications and/or registrations, and our applications and/or registrations may not survive such proceedings. Failure to secure such trademark registrations in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions could adversely affect our ability to market our products and our business.
30
We may be subject to claims that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.
As is common in the medical device industry, we may employ individuals who were previously employed at other companies similar to ours, including our competitors or potential competitors. We may become subject to claims that these employees or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.
Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedures and other requirements, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated in case of non-compliance with these requirements.
Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to the relevant patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and /or applications. The relevant patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent application process. In many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which the failure to comply with the relevant requirements can result in the abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors might be able to use our technologies and know-how which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operation.
Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our product candidates for an adequate amount of time.
Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our products are obtained, once the patent life has expired for a product, we may be open to competition from competitive products. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new products, patents protecting such products might expire before or shortly after such products are commercialized. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.
Risks Related Our Securities
The relative lack of U.S. public company experience of our management team may put us at a competitive disadvantage.
Our management team lacks U.S. public company experience and is generally unfamiliar with the requirements of the U.S. securities laws and U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), which could impair our ability to comply with legal and regulatory requirements such as those imposed by Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). The individuals who now constitute our senior management team have never had responsibility for managing a publicly traded company. Such responsibilities include complying with federal securities laws and making required disclosures on a timely basis. Our senior management may not be able to implement programs and policies in an effective and timely manner that adequately responds to such increased legal, regulatory compliance and reporting requirements. Our failure to comply with all applicable requirements could lead to the imposition of fines and penalties and distract our management from attending to the growth of our business.
31
Our Common Stock is not listed on any stock exchange and there is a limited market for shares of our Common Stock. Even if a market for our Common Stock develops, our Common Stock could be subject to wide fluctuations.
Our Common Stock is not listed on any stock exchange. Although our Common Stock is quoted on the OTC Pink Limited Market operated by the OTC Markets Group Inc., there is a limited public market for shares of our Common Stock, and limited trades of our Common Stock have taken place on the OTC Pink Limited Market. Even if the shares of our Common Stock may in the future trade greater volume on the OTC Pink Limited Market, the liquidity and price of our Common Stock is expected to be more limited than if such securities were quoted or listed on a national exchange. No assurances can be given that an active public trading market for our Common Stock will develop or be sustained. Trading volume may be limited by the fact that many major institutional investment funds, including mutual funds, as well as individual investors follow a policy of not investing in over the counter stocks and certain major brokerage firms restrict their brokers from recommending over the counter stocks because they are considered speculative, volatile and thinly traded. Lack of liquidity will limit the price at which stockholders may be able to sell our Common Stock.
Even if our Common Stock will in the future trade more actively on the OTC Pink Limited Market, the price of such Common Stock could be subject to wide fluctuations, in response to quarterly variations in our operating results, announcements by us or others, developments affecting us, and other events or factors. In addition, the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations in recent years. These fluctuations have had a substantial effect on the market prices for many companies, often unrelated to the operating performance of such companies, and may adversely affect the market prices of the securities. Such risks could have an adverse effect on the stock’s future liquidity.
We cannot assure you that our Common Stock will become eligible for listing or quotation on any exchange and the failure to do so may adversely affect your ability to dispose of our Common Stock in a timely fashion.
In order for our Common Stock to become eligible for listing or quotation on any exchange, reverse merger companies must have had their securities traded on an over-the-counter market for at least one year, maintained a certain minimum closing price for not less than 30 of the most recent 60 days prior to the filing of an initial listing application and prior to listing, and timely filed with the SEC all required periodic financial reports since consummation of the reverse merger, including one annual report containing audited consolidated financial statements for a full fiscal year commencing after the date of filing of the Current Report on Form 8-K which discloses the reverse merger. We may not be able to meet all of the filing requirements above and may not be able to satisfy the initial standards for listing or quotation on any exchange in the foreseeable future or at all. Even if we are able to become listed or quoted on an exchange, we may not be able to maintain a listing of the Common Stock on such stock exchange.
As a result of the Share Exchange, we became a company that is subject to the reporting requirements of federal securities laws, which can be expensive and may divert resources from other projects, thus impairing our ability to grow.
As a result of the Share Exchange, we became a public reporting company and, accordingly, subject to the information and reporting requirements of Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and other federal securities laws, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The costs of preparing and filing annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC (including reporting of the Share Exchange) and furnishing audited reports to stockholders will cause our expenses to be higher than they would have been if we remained privately held and did not consummate the Share Exchange.
Public company compliance may make it more difficult for us to attract and retain officers and directors.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC have required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. As a public company, we expect these rules and regulations to increase our compliance costs and to make certain activities more time consuming and costly. As a public company, we also expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance in the future and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers.
32
Because we became public by means of a reverse merger, we may not be able to attract the attention of major brokerage firms.
There may be risks associated with us becoming public through a “reverse merger”. Securities analysts of major brokerage firms may not provide coverage of us since there is no incentive to brokerage firms to recommend the purchase of our Common Stock. No assurance can be given that brokerage firms will, in the future, want to conduct any secondary offerings on our behalf.
Our stock price may be volatile.
The price at which our Common Stock is quoted is likely to be highly volatile and could fluctuate widely in price in response to various factors, many of which are beyond our control, including the following:
| ● | changes in our industry; |
| ● | competitive pricing pressures; |
| ● | our ability to obtain working capital financing; |
| ● | additions or departures of key personnel; |
| ● | limited “public float” in the hands of a small number of persons whose sales or lack of sales could result in positive or negative pricing pressure on the price at which our Common Stock is quoted; |
| ● | sales of our Common Stock; |
| ● | our ability to execute our business plan; |
| ● | operating results that fall below expectations; |
| ● | loss of any strategic relationship; |
| ● | regulatory developments; |
| ● | economic and other external factors; and |
| ● | period-to-period fluctuations in our financial results. |
In addition, the securities markets have from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may also materially and adversely affect the price at which our Common Stock is quoted.
Our securities are restricted securities with limited transferability.
Our securities should be considered a long-term, illiquid investment. Our Common Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and cannot be sold without registration under the Securities Act or any exemption from registration. In addition, our Common Stock is not registered under any state securities laws that would permit its transfer. Because of these restrictions, a stockholder will likely find it difficult to liquidate an investment in our Common Stock.
We are subject to penny stock rules which will make the shares of our Common Stock more difficult to sell.
We are subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules since our shares of Common Stock trade below $5.00 per share. Penny stocks generally are equity securities with a per share price of less than $5.00. The penny stock rules require broker-dealers to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document prepared by the SEC that provides information about penny stocks and the nature and level of risks in the penny stock market. The broker-dealer must also provide the customer with current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock, the compensation of the broker-dealer and its salesperson, and monthly account statements showing the market value of each penny stock held in the customer’s account. The bid and offer quotations, and the broker-dealer and salesperson compensation information must be given to the customer orally or in writing prior to completing the transaction and must be given to the customer in writing before or with the customer’s confirmation.
33
In addition, the penny stock rules require that prior to a transaction the broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written agreement to the transaction. The penny stock rules are burdensome and may reduce purchases of any offerings and reduce the trading activity for shares of our Common Stock. As long as our shares of Common Stock are subject to the penny stock rules, the holders of such shares of Common Stock may find it more difficult to sell their securities.
FINRA sales practice requirements may also limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and sell our stock.
In addition to the “penny stock” rules described above, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) has adopted rules that require that in recommending an investment to a customer, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds for believing that the investment is suitable for that customer. Prior to recommending speculative low priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status, investment objectives and other information. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA believes that there is a high probability that speculative low priced securities will not be suitable for at least some customers. The FINRA requirements make it more difficult for broker-dealers to recommend that their customers buy our Common Stock, which may limit your ability to buy and sell our stock and have an adverse effect on the market for our shares.
We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends.
We presently do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends on any of our capital stock in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends, if any, would be contingent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements, and general financial condition. The payment of any dividends will be within the discretion of our board of directors. We presently intend to retain all earnings, if any, to implement our business plan; accordingly, we do not anticipate the declaration of any dividends in the foreseeable future.
Our shares of Common Stock are very thinly traded, and the price may not reflect our value and there can be no assurance that there will be an active market for our shares of Common Stock in the future.
Our shares of Common Stock are thinly traded. Due to the illiquidity, the price at which our Common Stock is quoted may not accurately reflect our relative value. There can be no assurance that there will be an active market for our shares of Common Stock either now or in the future. Investors may not be able to liquidate their investment or liquidate it at a price that reflects the value of the business. If a more active market should develop, the price may be highly volatile. Because there may be a low price for our shares of Common Stock, many brokerage firms may not be willing to effect transactions in the securities. Even if an investor finds a broker willing to effect a transaction in the shares of our Common Stock, the combination of brokerage commissions, transfer fees, taxes, if any, and any other selling costs may exceed the selling price. Further, many lending institutions will not permit the use of such shares of Common Stock as collateral for a loans.
We may need additional financing which may not be available on acceptable terms, which may in turn dilute your investment in us.
Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including but not limited to: market acceptance of our services; competitive pressure on the price of our products; the extent to which we invest in new locations, develop new relationships with producers of polymers and chemicals as well as consumers of polymers and chemicals; and the response of competitors to our products. We believe that the existing cash balances, including the net proceeds from the Private Placement, and funds generated from operations will provide us with sufficient funds to finance our operations for the foreseeable future. To the extent that our current funds, together with existing resources, are insufficient to fund our activities over the long-term, we may need to raise additional funds through equity or debt financing or from other sources.
34
Subject to the lock-up provisions of the Securities Purchase Agreement and other documents related to the Share Exchange and the Private Placement, -as part of any future financing, we are generally not restricted from issuing additional securities, including shares of Common Stock, securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Common Stock or substantially similar securities. In particular, we may conduct one or more additional offerings following the closing of the Private Placement and may seek waiver of the lock-up provisions of the Securities Purchase Agreement and other documents related to the Share Exchange and the Private Placement -to conduct such offerings. The sale of additional equity or convertible debt may result in additional dilution to our stockholders and such securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the Common Stock. To the extent that we rely upon debt financing, we will incur the obligation to repay the funds borrowed with interest and may become subject to covenants and restrictions that restrict operating flexibility. No assurance can be given that additional equity or debt financing will be available or that, if available, it can be obtained on terms favorable to us or our stockholders. Failure to obtain necessary financing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our board of directors can authorize the issuance of preferred stock, which could diminish the rights of holders of our Common Stock, and make a change of control of us more difficult even if it might benefit our stockholders.
Our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the voting powers, preferences and other rights and limitations of the preferred stock. Accordingly, we may issue shares of preferred stock with a preference over our Common Stock with respect to dividends or distributions on liquidation or dissolution, or that may otherwise adversely affect the voting or other rights of the holders of Common Stock. Issuances of preferred stock, depending upon the rights, preferences and designations of the preferred stock, may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change of control, even if that change of control might benefit our stockholders.
Anti-takeover provisions under Delaware corporate law may make it difficult for our stockholders to replace or remove our board of directors and could deter or delay third parties from acquiring our Company, which may be beneficial to our stockholders.
We are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), including Section 203 of the DGCL. Under these provisions, if anyone becomes an “interested stockholder,” we may not enter into a “business combination” with that person for three (3) years without special approval, which could discourage a third party from making a takeover offer and could delay or prevent a change of control. For purposes of Section 203 of the DGCL, “interested stockholder” means, generally, someone owning fifteen percent (15%) or more of our outstanding voting stock or an affiliate of ours that owned fifteen percent (15%) or more of our outstanding voting stock during the past three (3) years, subject to certain exceptions as described in Section 203 of the DGCL.
Future sales of significant amounts of our Common Stock may depress our stock price.
Future issuances of our Common Stock or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, our Common Stock, or the expiration of lock-up provisions that restrict the issuance of new Common Stock or the trading of outstanding Common Stock, could cause the price at which our Common Stock is quoted to decline. We cannot predict the effect, if any, of future issuances of our securities, or the future expirations of lock-up provisions, on the price of our Common Stock. In all events, future issuances of our Common Stock would result in the dilution of your holdings. In addition, the perception that new issuances of our securities could occur, or the perception that locked-up parties will sell their securities when the lock-ups expire, could adversely affect the price at which our Common Stock is quoted.
In connection with the Share Exchange, Private Dror shareholders are subject to the lock-up provisions contained in the Share Exchange Agreement. These lock-up provisions may be waived pursuant to the terms of Securities Purchase Agreement and the Share Exchange Agreement, as applicable. If these restrictions on future offerings and lock-up restrictions are waived, additional shares of our Common Stock may become available for sale or resale, subject to applicable law, including without notice, which could reduce the price at which our Common Stock is quoted.
35
Further, a significant percentage of our outstanding Common Stock is currently owned by a small number of stockholders. These stockholders may sell in the future large amounts of our stock over relatively short periods of time. Sales of substantial amounts of our stock by existing stockholders may adversely affect the price at which our stock is quoted by creating the perception of difficulties or problems with our business that may depress our stock price.
Financial, Tax and Accounting Risks
Changes in, or interpretations of, accounting rules and regulations, could result in unfavorable accounting charges.
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. These principles are subject to interpretation by the SEC and various bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting policies. A change in these policies or in the way these policies are interpreted by us or regulators could have a material effect on our reported results and may even retroactively affect previously reported financial statements.
We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, and if we are unable to remediate the material weakness, or if we experience additional material weaknesses in the future, our business may be harmed.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for evaluating and reporting on the effectiveness of our system of internal control. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States (“GAAP”). As a public company, we are required to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules that govern public companies. In particular, we are required to certify our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires us to furnish annually a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
Our management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, and concluded our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2024, due to the size of the Company and available resources, there are limited personnel to assist with the accounting and financial reporting function, which results in a lack of segregation of duties and due to the fact that the Company does not have Chief Financial Officer that can oversee day to day operations and the financial reporting function.
Remediation efforts place a significant burden on management and add increased pressure to our financial resources and processes. If we are unable to successfully remediate our existing material weakness or any additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that may be identified in the future in a timely manner, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected; our liquidity, our access to capital markets, the perceptions of our creditworthiness may be adversely affected; we may be unable to maintain or regain compliance with applicable securities laws, the listing requirements of the NYSE American; we may be subject to regulatory investigations and penalties; investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting; our reputation may be harmed; and our stock price may decline.
Our effective tax rate may vary significantly from period to period.
We operate globally and are subject to taxes in the U.S. and foreign countries. Various internal and external factors may affect our future effective tax rate. These factors include changes in the global economic environment, changes in our legal entity structure or activities performed within our entities, changes in our business operations, changes in tax laws, regulations and/or rates, new or changes to accounting pronouncements, changing interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations, changes in relative proportions of revenues and income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates, changes in overall levels of pretax earnings, the future levels of tax benefits of stock-based compensation, settlement of income tax audits and non-deductible goodwill impairments.
36
Our effective tax rate is also dependent in part on forecasts of full year results which can vary materially. Furthermore, we may continue to experience significant variation in our effective tax rate related to excess tax benefits on stock-based compensation, particularly in the first quarter of each year when the majority of our equity awards vest.
New tax laws and practices, changes to existing tax laws and practices, or disputes regarding the positions we take regarding tax laws, could negatively affect our provision for income taxes as well as our ongoing operations.
We are subject to tax laws both within and outside of the U.S. requiring significant judgment in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. Changes in tax laws or changes to how those laws are applied to our business in practice, could affect the amount of tax to which we are subject and the manner in which we operate. Additionally, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development’s (“OECD”) Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (“BEPS”) project has resulted in considerable new reporting obligations worldwide as OECD member countries have implemented its guidance. The OECD continues to publish guidance pursuant to the BEPS and other projects which, if adopted by member countries, may affect our tax positions in many of the countries in which we do business.
Moreover, the application of indirect taxes (such as sales and use tax (“SUT”), value-added tax (“VAT”), goods and services tax (“GST”), and other indirect taxes) to our operations is complex and evolving. U.S. states, local and foreign taxing jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing differing types of taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations and exemptions that may change over time. We collect and remit SUT, VAT, GST and other taxes in many jurisdictions and we are routinely subject to audits. We are also routinely subject to audits regarding our tax reporting and remissions by local and national government, and we may also be subject to audits in U.S. states, local and foreign jurisdictions for which we have not accrued tax liabilities. The positions we take regarding taxes as well as the amounts we collect or remit may be challenged and we may be liable for failing to collect or remit all or any portion of taxes deemed owed or the taxes could exceed our estimates. One or more U.S. states or countries may seek to impose incremental or new sales, use, or other tax collection obligations on us or may determine that such taxes should have but have not been paid by us. If we dispute rulings or positions taken by tax authorities, we may incur expenses and expend significant time and effort to defend our positions, which may be costly.
On August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) was enacted. It contains numerous new U.S. federal tax law provisions, including a corporate alternative minimum tax on adjusted financial statement income and an excise tax on corporate stock repurchases, both effective after December 31, 2022. We continue to evaluate the IRA’s impact to our business, which may be material.
The application of existing, new, or future tax laws, and results of audits, whether in the U.S. or internationally, could harm our business. Furthermore, there have been and will continue to be substantial ongoing costs associated with complying with the various tax requirements and defending our positions in the numerous markets in which we conduct or will conduct business.
37
USE OF PROCEEDS
Based upon an assumed public offering price of $4.95 per share, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $8.9 million from the sale of the securities offered by us in this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us, of approximately $1.1 million (or approximately $10.3 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), and assuming no sale of any Prefunded Warrants offered in this offering.
We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes. This expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. The foregoing represents our intentions as of the date of this prospectus based upon our current plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of the offering. However, our management and our Board will have significant flexibility and discretion in the timing and application of the net proceeds of the offering. Unforeseen events or changed business conditions may result in application of the proceeds of the offering in a manner other than as described in this prospectus. Our stockholders may not agree with the manner in which our management chooses to allocate and spend the net proceeds. Moreover, our management may use the net proceeds for corporate purposes that may not result in our being profitable or increase our market value.
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $4.95 per share of Common Stock would increase or decrease the gross proceeds from this offering by approximately $1.9 million, assuming that the number of shares of Common Stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and assuming no sale of Prefunded Warrants.
38
DIVIDEND POLICY
We have not paid any cash dividends on shares of our Common Stock to date. It is the present intention of our board of directors to retain future earnings for the development, operation, and expansion of our business, and our board of directors does not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends is within the discretion of our board of directors and will be contingent upon our future revenues and earnings, as well as our capital requirements and general financial condition, and we can give no assurances that we will ever have excess funds available to pay dividends.
39
CAPITALIZATION
Set forth below is our cash and capitalization as of March 31, 2025:
| ● | on an actual basis; and |
| ● | on an as adjusted basis to reflect the issuance and sale of the shares of our securities in this offering at the assumed public offering price of $4.95 per share of Common Stock, assuming no sale of Prefunded Warrants in this offering and no exercise of the Underwriter Warrants being issued in this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
You should read the information in the below table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” each included elsewhere in this prospectus.
| As of March 31, 2025 | ||||||||
| Actual | As Adjusted | |||||||
| (in thousands) | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 350 | $ | 9,251 | ||||
| Stockholders’ deficit: | ||||||||
| Preferred A Stock, $0.0001 par value, 12,500,000 shares authorized; 5,847,937 and 12,995 shares outstanding at March 31, 2025 and on an as adjusted basis, respectively | - | - | ||||||
| Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 3,254,475,740 shares authorized, 956,997,116 and 2,126,660 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025 and on an as adjusted basis, respectively | - | - | ||||||
| Additional paid-in-capital | 19,163 | 28,064 | ||||||
| Accumulated deficit | (20,083 | ) | (20,083 | ) | ||||
| Total capitalization | $ | (920 | ) | $ | 7,981 | |||
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price per share would increase or decrease our as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $1.9 million assuming the number of shares of Common Stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 400,000 in the number of shares of Common Stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $1.8 million, assuming a public offering price of $4.95 per share of Common Stock and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The number of shares of Common Stock used in the table above is based on 2,126,660 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of March 31, 2025, after giving effect to a 1:450 reverse stock split, which the Company expects to implement prior to or upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and excludes the following:
| ● | 2,167,309 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants as of July 14, 2025, with a weighted-average exercise price of $14.85 per share; |
| ● | 1,299,541 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock at a conversion price of 45,000 per share; |
| ● | 409,476 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options as of July 14, 2025, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.665 per share; |
| ● | any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the representatives of the underwriters; and |
| ● | the sale of the Prefunded Warrants in this offering, which, if sold, would reduce the number of shares of Common Stock that we are offering on a one-for-one basis. |
40
DILUTION
If you invest in our securities in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of Common Stock and our as adjusted net tangible book value per share of Common Stock immediately after this offering.
Our historical net tangible book value as of March 31, 2025, was $0.0004, or $(0.43) (giving effect to the 1-for-450 reverse stock split, that is expected to occur prior to or upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part) per share of Common Stock. Our historical net tangible book value is the amount of our total tangible assets less our liabilities. Historical net tangible book value per share of Common Stock is our historical net tangible book value divided by the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as of March 31, 2025.
After giving further effect to the sale of shares of Common Stock to be sold in this offering (assuming no sale of any Prefunded Warrants), at the assumed public offering price of $4.95 per share of Common Stock, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us, our net tangible book value on an adjusted basis as of March 31, 2025, would have been $1.92 per share of Common Stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.92 per share of Common Stock to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $3.03 per share of Common Stock to new investors purchasing Common Stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of Common Stock.
The following table illustrates this dilution:
| Assumed public offering price per share of Common Stock | $ | 4.95 | ||||||
| Net tangible book value per share of Common Stock as of March 31, 2025 | $ | (0.43 | ) | |||||
| Increase in net tangible book value per share of Common Stock attributable to this offering | $ | 2.35 | ||||||
| As adjusted net tangible book value per share of Common Stock, after this offering | $ | 1.92 | ||||||
| Dilution per share to new investors in this offering | $ | 3.03 |
A $1 increase in the assumed public offering price of $4.95 per share would increase our as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering to $9.9 million, or $2.38 per share, and the dilution per share to investors purchasing securities in this offering would be approximately $3.57 per share, assuming that the number of shares of Common Stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same (assuming no sale of Prefunded Warrants) and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a $1 decrease in the assumed public offering price of $4.95 per share would increase our as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering to $6.1 million, or $1.47 per share, and the dilution per share to investors purchasing securities in this offering would be approximately $2.48per share, assuming that the number of shares of Common Stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same (assuming no sale of Prefunded Warrants) and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
An increase of 400,000 shares of Common Stock offered by us from the assumed number of shares of Common Stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus would increase our as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering to $9.8 million, or $2.16 per share, and the dilution per share to investors purchasing securities in this offering would be approximately $2.79 per share, assuming that the assumed public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a decrease of 400,000 shares of Common Stock offered by us from the assumed number of shares of Common Stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus would increase our as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering to $6.1 million, or $1.64 per share, and the dilution per share to investors purchasing securities in this offering would be approximately $3.31 per share, assuming that the assumed public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
41
The foregoing discussion and table do not take into account further dilution to new investors that could occur upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or other convertible securities having a per share exercise or conversion price less than the per share offering price to the public in this offering.
If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional Common Stock in this offering, our as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $2.10 per share, the increase in net tangible book value to existing stockholders would be $2.53 per share, and the dilution to new investors would be $2.85 per share, in each case assuming a public offering price of $4.95 per share of Common Stock.
The number of shares of Common Stock used in the table above is based on 2,126,660 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of March 31, 2025, after giving effect to a 1:450 reverse stock split, which the Company expects to implement prior to or upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and excludes the following:
| ● | 2,167,309 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants as of July 14, 2025, with a weighted-average exercise price of $14.85 per share; |
| ● | 1,299,541 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock at a conversion price of 45,000 per share; |
| ● | 409,476 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options as of July 14, 2025, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.665 per share; |
| ● | any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the representatives of the underwriters; and |
| ● | the sale of the Prefunded Warrants in this offering, which, if sold, would reduce the number of shares of Common Stock that we are offering on an one-for-one basis. |
42
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including but not limited to those set forth in “Risk Factors.”
Overview
We were incorporated as Novint Technologies, Inc. in the State of New Mexico in April 1999. On February 26, 2002, we changed our state of incorporation to Delaware by merging with Novint Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation. On July 5, 2023, we entered into a share exchange agreement with the shareholders of Dror Ortho-Design, Ltd. (“Private Dror”), pursuant to which the shareholders of Private Dror agreed to exchange all of their outstanding ordinary shares Private Dror for shares of our Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”) and the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”, and such transaction, the “Share Exchange”). On August 14, 2023 the Share Exchange was consummated and we changed our name to “Dror Ortho-Design, Inc.”
Following the Share Exchange, we succeeded to the business of Private Dror as our sole line of business. The Share Exchange is being accounted for as a recapitalization, with Private Dror deemed to be the accounting acquirer and the Company the acquired company. Accordingly, Private Dror’s historical financial statements for periods prior to the consummation of the Share Exchange have become those of the Company. Operations reported for periods prior to the Share Exchange are those of Private Dror.
Our Company
We have reimagined the way people can correct their smile.
We plan to disrupt the aligner market by offering millions of people a revolutionary alternative. We believe that people do not need to change their lifestyle to correct their smile as they are required to do with existing aligner solutions. Rather, we believe they can get a perfect smile discreetly and hassle-free even while they sleep with our FDA-cleared proprietary solution.
Existing aligner solutions generally share the same treatment principles, which are different from our solution. In most cases, patients seeking to improve their smile need to undergo a 12-to-15 month process of wearing plastic aligners, which need to be worn the entire day and should only be removed while eating or drinking. Patients are prescribed a series of 20 to 30 aligners that are intended to forcefully move teeth progressively closer to their intended final position. This process causes pain every time a new aligner is used and restricts blood circulation, which counterproductively slows down tooth movement. All-day aligner solutions are also intrusive, as patients need to conduct their lives at work or school wearing the plastic aligners. In addition, most existing aligner therapies require multiple visits to an orthodontist to monitor the progress of treatment plans through intraoral scanning, physical examination and patient testimony.
We believe that recent rapid advancements in technology have made traditional aligner solutions no longer the most effective treatment option for smile correction. Our Company has developed a proprietary AI-based platform to correct people’s smiles in a discreet and less painful manner (the “Platform”). The Platform uses only one smart aligner to gently move teeth into their optimum position with pulsating air while the patient is sleeping or at home.
We are involved in the research and development of an orthodontic alignment platform. We have several patents for the technology used in the Platform and is currently in the process of preparing the prototype for FDA approval.
43
Our predecessor first generation Aerodentis System is a Class II medical device, which was cleared by FDA for commercialization in the U.S. pursuant to the 510(k) notification process for movement and alignment of teeth during orthodontic treatment of malocclusion in April 2020. The Company is preparing to apply for 510(k) clearance for the Platform as a Class II medical device, which constitutes an updated version of the currently cleared device. Such updated Platform contains new and/or different components than the original device, which is why a new 510(k) clearance is required prior to marketing the Platform in the U.S. We have not yet filed a 510(k) submission for the Platform, and it has, thus, not been found by the FDA to be substantially equivalent to the first generation Aerodentis System. We expect to file the 510(k) submission for the Platform prior to the end of 2025.
The Company currently does not generate revenues to fund operations and anticipates that it will continue to incur significant losses as it continues to develop the Platform. Please refer to “Risk Factors - We are in the development stage, are not generating revenues and have no operating history in the manufacturing and distribution of orthodontic medical devices or platforms for consumer use” included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, for additional information. The Company intends to spend approximately $2.5 million over the next 18 months on software and hardware development as well as the accompanying regulatory approvals and IP protection associated with such software and hardware projects.
Share Exchange
On July 5, 2023, we entered into that certain Share Exchange Agreement (as amended by that certain Amendment to Share Exchange Agreement, dated August 14, 2023, the “Share Exchange Agreement”), pursuant to which, the shareholders of Private Dror transferred all of their ordinary shares in Private Dror to us in exchange for 7,576,999 newly issued shares of our Series A Preferred Stock and 106,782,187 shares of our Common Stock. On August 14, 2023, the Share Exchange was consummated. As a result of the Share Exchange, Private Dror became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Share Exchange Agreement:
| ● | we assumed all of Private Dror’s obligations under Private Dror’s outstanding share options; |
| ● | all outstanding Series A-4 Warrants to purchase Private Dror’s ordinary shares were assumed by the Company and converted into Share Exchange Warrants (as defined below); and |
| ● | simultaneously with the Share Exchange, the board of directors and certain officers of the Company resigned, and a new board of directors, comprised of Private Dror’s legacy board of directors, and new officers were appointed at the Company. The Company’s new board of directors consists of Eliyahu (Lee) Haddad, Chaim Hurvitz, Moshe Shvets, Chaim Ravad and Yehuda Englander. In addition, immediately following the Share Exchange, Mr. Haddad was appointed as the Company’s chief executive officer, Mr. Shvets was appointed Chief Technology Officer, and Mr. Hurvitz was appointed chairman of the board of directors. |
Private Placement
Pursuant to the terms of the Share Exchange, the Company entered into to a Securities Purchase Agreement, by and between the Company and certain purchasers identified therein (the “Private Placement Investors”), dated as of August 14, 2023 (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which, the Private Placement Investors received 186,363,631 shares of Common Stock (the “Private Placement Shares”), 2,886,364 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock (the “Private Placement Warrants”), or a combination thereof, at an effective purchase price of $0.011 per Private Placement Share or share of Common Stock underlying such shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Private Placement”). The Company received aggregate gross proceeds of $5,025,000 in connection with the first closing of the Private Placement on August 14, 2023, and an additional $200,000 in connection with a second closing of the Private Placement on September 13, 2023.
44
The Company and the Private Placement Investors also entered into a Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which the Company agreed to register, among other registrable securities, on Form S-1 (or, if the Company is then eligible, on Form S-3) with the SEC: (i) the Private Placement Shares, (ii) the shares of Common Stock underlying the shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Conversion Shares” )(iii) the shares of Common Stock underlying the Private Placement Warrants issued to the Private Placement Investors, and (iv) the shares of Common Stock and Conversion Shares underlying the shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued to the investors in the December 2021 Transaction in connection with the Share Exchange. The Company filed an initial registration statement on Form S-1 covering the aforementioned securities with the SEC on February 9, 2024, which was declared effective by the SEC on June 14, 2024.
Going Concern
The Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to those of earlier stage commercial companies, including dependence on key individuals and products, the difficulties inherent in the development of a commercial market, the potential need to obtain additional capital, competition from larger companies and other technologies. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company’s cash used in operations was $499,593 leaving a cash balance of $349,851 as of March 31, 2025. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of twelve months from the issuance of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. In order to have sufficient cash to fund the Company’s operations in the future, the Company will need to raise additional equity or debt capital and cannot provide any assurance that the Company will be successful in doing so. If the Company is unable to raise sufficient capital to fund the Company’s operations, the Company may need to delay, reduce or eliminate certain research and development programs or other operations, sell some or all of its assets or merge with another entity.
As a result of these factors and because the Company does not have sufficient resources to fund its operations for the next twelve months from the date of this prospectus, management has substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Results of Operations
Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025, and the Three Months Ended March 31, 2024
The following table sets forth the results of operations of the Company for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024:
| Three Months Ended March 31, | Change | Change | ||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | $ | % | |||||||||||||
| Research and development | $ | 239,604 | $ | 373,657 | $ | (134,053 | ) | (36 | )% | |||||||
| General and administrative | $ | 313,629 | $ | 385,564 | $ | (71,935 | ) | (19 | )% | |||||||
| Share-based compensation | $ | 23,193 | $ | 537,197 | $ | (514,004 | ) | (96 | )% | |||||||
| Financial income (expenses), net | $ | 303 | $ | (12,045 | ) | $ | 12,348 | 102 | % | |||||||
Research and development expenses
Research and development expenses were $239,604 for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $373,657 for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The decrease in research and development expenses of $134,053 or 36%, was primarily due to decreased activities relating to software development.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses were $313,629 for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $385,564 for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The decrease in general and administrative expenses of $71,935 or 19%, was primarily due to a decrease in professional fees during the three months ended March 31, 2025.
45
Share-based Compensation Expenses
Share-based compensation expenses were $23,197 for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $537,197 for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The decrease in share-based compensation expenses of $514,004 or 96%, was primarily due to the completion of the vesting period for the majority of the options in 2024.
Financial income (expenses), net
Financial income (expense) was $303 for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $(12,045) of income for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase in financial income, of $12,348 or 102%, was primarily due to exchange rate differences resulting from the translation of NIS based assets and liabilities to U.S. Dollars.
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
The following table sets forth the results of our operations for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:
| Years Ended December 31, | Change | Change | ||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | $ | % | |||||||||||||
| Research and development | $ | 1,540,097 | $ | 1,063,470 | $ | 476,627 | 45 | % | ||||||||
| General and administrative | $ | 1,437,832 | $ | 1,061,399 | $ | 376,433 | 35 | % | ||||||||
| Share-based compensation | $ | 2,246,033 | $ | 2,253,793 | $ | (7,760 | ) | 0 | % | |||||||
| Other income (expense), net | $ | (551,989 | ) | $ | 810,779 | $ | (1,362,768 | ) | (168 | )% | ||||||
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses were $1,540,097 for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $1,063,470 for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in research and development expenses of $476,627 or 45%, was primarily due to increased outsourced consulting activities relating to the development of our new product and an increase in salaries.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses were $1,437,832 for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $1,061,399 for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in general and administrative expenses of $376,433 or 35%, was primarily due to an increase in professional fees relating to public company compliance following the Share Exchange as well as an increase in salaries and related expenses during the year ended December 31, 2024.
Share-based Compensation Expenses
Share-based compensation expenses were $2,246,033 for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $2,253,793 for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease in share-based compensation expenses of $7,760 or 0%, was considered not material.
Other income (expenses), net
Other expense was $551,989 for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $810,779 of income for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease in other income, net of $1,362,768 or 168%, was primarily due to liquidated damages accrual of $520,000, no retirement of royalty accrual and exchange rate differences resulting from the translation of NIS based assets and liabilities to U.S. Dollars.
46
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Sources of Liquidity
We do not have revenues to fund operations. We anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses as we continue to develop our product. Historically, our primary source of cash has been proceeds from the sale of equity instruments. We raised $5.225 million through the Private Placement of shares to new investors concurrent with the Share Exchange. We intend to spend approximately $1.5 million over the next 18 months on software and hardware development as well as the accompanying regulatory approvals and IP protection associated with such software and hardware projects.
During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company received $300,000 in the form of bridge loans from existing investors. At the date of this filing, the interest and repayment terms have not been finalized. The Company is currently in discussions with the lenders to determine the terms of the loan agreements.
We will need to raise additional capital to fund operating losses and grow our operations. There can be no assurance however that we will be able to raise additional capital when needed, or at terms deemed acceptable, if at all. Such factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to sustain operations for at least one year from the issuance of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability and classification of asset amounts or the classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern. For additional information, see the section above titled “MD&A-Going Concern.”
Cash Flows
| Three months ended March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Cash provided by (used in) | ||||||||
| Operating activities | $ | (499,593 | ) | $ | (781,054 | ) | ||
| Investing activities | - | (16,747 | ) | |||||
| Financing activities | 300,000 | - | ||||||
| Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents | $ | (199,593 | ) | $ | (797,801 | ) | ||
Three months ended March 31, 2025 Compared to Three Months Ended March, 31, 2024
Operating activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $499,593 for the three months ended March 31, 2025 as compared to $781,054 for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The amount for the three months ended March 31, 2025 primarily consisted of a net loss of $576,123 partially offset by non-cash charges of $24,428 (including: depreciation of $1,235 and share-based compensation expense of $23,193), and an increase in working capital excluding cash of $52,102. The amount for the three months ended March 31, 2024 primarily consisted of a net loss of $1,308,463 partially offset by non-cash charges of $537,663 (including: depreciation of $466 and share-based compensation expense of $537,197), and a decrease in working capital excluding cash of $10,254.
Investing Activities
During the three months ended March 31, 2025, net cash provided by investing activities was $0. During the three months ended March 31, 2024, net cash used in investing activities was $16,747 relating to the purchase of fixed assets.
47
Financing Activities
During the three months ended March 31, 2025, net cash provided by financing activities was $300,000. During the three months ended March 31, 2024, net cash provided by financing activities was $0.
Private Placement
See the section above titled “MD&A-Our Company-Private Placement.”
Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
| Years ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Cash provided (used) in | ||||||||
| Operating activities | $ | (2,741,822 | ) | $ | (2,394,162 | ) | ||
| Investing activities | (25,849 | ) | 17,966 | |||||
| Financing activities | - | 4,653,204 | ||||||
| Foreign exchange differences on cash | (30,728 | ) | 31,776 | |||||
| Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | $ | (2,798,399 | ) | $ | 2,308,784 | |||
Cash Used in Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $2,741,822 for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to $2,394,162 for the year ended December 31, 2023. The amount for the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily consisted of a net loss of $5,775,951 offset by non-cash charges of $2,276,771 (including: Share-based compensation expense of $2,246,033, depreciation expense of $4,035 and foreign exchange differences of $26,703), and an increase in operating assets and liabilities excluding cash of $757,358. The amount for the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily consisted of a net loss of $3,567,883 offset by non-cash charges of $1,443,684 (including: Share-based compensation expense of $2,253,793, depreciation expense of $670, partially offset by gain on retirement of royalty accrual of $720,632 and gain on foreign exchange differences of $90,147), and a decrease in operating assets and liabilities excluding cash of $269,963.
Cash Provided by Investing Activities
During the year ended December 31, 2024, net cash used by investing activities was $25,849 relating to the purchase of fixed assets. During the year ended December 31, 2023, net cash provided by investing activities was $17,966 relating to the cash received in the Share Exchange.
Cash Provided by Financing Activities
During the year ended December 31, 2024, there was no cash provided by financing activities. During the year ended December 31, 2023, net cash provided by financing activities was $4,653,204 relating to the net proceeds from the private placement raise.
Effects of Inflation
Management does not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our business, sales, or operating results during the periods presented.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We currently do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or financing activities with special-purpose entities.
Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates
The SEC defined a company’s critical accounting policies as the ones that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and which require us to make our most difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain.
Based on this definition, we have identified the critical accounting policies and judgments addressed below. We also have other key accounting policies that are significant to understanding our results.
48
Research and Development
We expense all research and development costs as they are incurred. Research and development includes expenditures in connection with in-house research and development salaries and staff costs, consulting fees, as well as proprietary products and technology.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates or assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could vary from those estimates. Management utilizes various other estimates, including but not limited to accrued royalties, estimated lives of long-lived assets, the valuation of stock-based compensation, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and other contingencies. The results of any changes in accounting estimates are reflected in the financial statements in the period in which the changes become evident. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the period that they are determined to be necessary.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
The Company has reviewed the recent accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB, including its Emerging Issues Task Force, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and the SEC and determined that these pronouncements do not have a material impact on the Company’s current or anticipated consolidated financial statement presentation or disclosures.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, “Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income-Expense Disaggregation Disclosures” to require more detailed information about specified categories of expenses (purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation, amortization, and depletion) included in certain expense captions presented on the face of the income statement. ASU 2024-03is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026 and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments may be applied either (1) prospectively to financial statements issued for reporting periods after the effective date of this ASU or (2) retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance on its condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures related to improvements to income tax disclosures. The amendments in this update require enhanced jurisdictional and other disaggregated disclosures for the effective tax rate reconciliation and income taxes paid. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07 “Segment Reporting: Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures”. This guidance expands public entities’ segment disclosures primarily by requiring disclosure of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker and included within each reported measure of segment profit or loss, an amount and description of its composition for other segment items, and interim disclosures of a reportable segment’s profit or loss and assets. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The amendments are required to be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented in an entity’s financial statements. The adoption of the ASU did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements related disclosures.
In October 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-06 “Disclosure Improvements: Codification Amendments in Response to the SEC’s Disclosure Update and Simplification Initiative,” which incorporates certain SEC disclosure requirements into the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”). The amendments in the ASU are expected to clarify or improve disclosure and presentation requirements of a variety of Codification topics, allow investors to more easily compare entities subject to the SEC’s existing disclosures with those entities that were not previously subject to the requirements, and align the requirements in the Codification with the SEC’s regulations. The effective date for each amendment will be the date on which the SEC’s removal of that related disclosure from Regulation S-X or Regulation S-K becomes effective, with early adoption prohibited. The amendments in this ASU should be applied prospectively. The Company does not expect ASU 2023-06 will have a material impact to its consolidated financial statements or related disclosures.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Not applicable.
49
BUSINESS
Overview
We have reimagined the way people can correct their smile.
We plan to disrupt the aligner market by offering millions of people a revolutionary alternative. We believe that people do not need to change their lifestyle to correct their smile as they are required to do with existing aligner solutions.
Existing aligner solutions generally share the same treatment principles, which are different from our solution. In most cases, patients seeking to improve their smile need to undergo a 12-to-15 month process of wearing plastic aligners, which need to be worn the entire day and should only be removed while eating or drinking. Patients are prescribed a series of 20 to 30 aligners that are intended to forcefully move teeth progressively closer to their intended final position. This process causes pain every time a new aligner is used and restricts blood circulation, which counterproductively slows down tooth movement. All-day aligner solutions are also intrusive, as patients need to conduct their lives at work or school wearing the plastic aligners. In addition, most existing aligner therapies require multiple visits to an orthodontist to monitor the progress of treatment plans through intraoral scanning, physical examination and patient testimony.
We believe that recent rapid advancements in technology have made traditional aligner solutions no longer the most effective treatment option for smile correction. Our Company has developed a proprietary AI-based solution to correct people’s smiles in a discreet and less painful manner. On July 14, 2024, the Company announced that its next generation solution will be rebranded from Aerodentis to “ZSmile” (the “Platform”) since the Platform is intended for nighttime use and while sleeping. The name “ZSmile” is intended to communicate that people can correct their smile while they sleep or colloquially “getting some zzz’s”. ZSmile uses only one smart aligner to gently move teeth into their optimum position with pulsating air while the patient is sleeping or at home. The Company has several patents for the technology used in the Platform and is currently in the process of preparing the prototype for FDA clearance for certain software advancements from the Company’s first generation device which received FDA clearance.
Our predecessor first generation Aerodentis System is a Class II medical device, which was cleared by FDA for commercialization in the U.S. pursuant to the 510(k) notification process for movement and alignment of teeth during orthodontic treatment of malocclusion in April 2020. The Company is preparing to apply for 510(k) clearance for the Platform as a Class II medical device, which constitutes an updated version of the currently cleared device. Such updated Platform contains new and/or different components than the original device, which is why a new 510(k) clearance is required prior to marketing the Platform in the U.S. We have not yet filed a 510(k) submission for the Platform, and it has, thus, not been found by the FDA to be substantially equivalent to the first generation Aerodentis System. We expect to file the 510(k) submission for the Platform prior to the end of 2025.
The Company currently does not generate revenues to fund operations and anticipates that it will continue to incur significant losses as it continues to develop the Platform. Please refer to “Risk Factors - We are in the development stage, are not generating revenues and have no operating history in the manufacturing and distribution of orthodontic medical devices or platforms for consumer use.” for additional information. The Company intends to spend approximately $1.5 million over the next 18 months on software and hardware development as well as the accompanying regulatory approvals and IP protection associated with such software and hardware projects.
Our Product
The First Generation Aerodentis System
Our Company was founded in 2005 with the goal of offering millions of people a chance to correct their smile in a more discreet and less painful manner. The first generation of our product underwent ten years of development by a team of twelve orthodontists, engineers, industrial designers and dental technicians. This team developed a new clinically-proven method for correcting Class 1 and Class 2 malocclusion using pulsating air. The team discovered that using pulsating air improved blood circulation in the gums, which is essential to tooth movement. This first-generation product (the “Aerodentis System”) was composed of a base control unit that contained a pump and motor that would deliver pulses of air to a micro balloon that was part of a mouthpiece to be used by the patient to deliver the treatment. The use of pulsating air is the base patented technology that distinguishes our Aerodentis System from clear aligner therapies, which are designed to move teeth using continuous resistant force delivered by the aligner, which impairs blood flow.
50
Pictured: Base control unit, containing micro-pump and controls, attached to the smart aligner. The smart aligner is composed of an outer mouthpiece structure, which is shaped based on the final position of the teeth for a perfect smile. Behind the outer mouthpiece structure is a micro balloon that is attached to the base control unit with a fine and flexible microtube. The balloon delivers pulsating air by inflating and deflating. Behind the balloon is the “push structure,” which provides the balloon with a surface to push against as it gently moves the teeth.
In January 2013, the Aerodentis System composed of the base control unit and custom mouthpiece received the European CE Mark. In 2020, it received FDA clearance via the 510(k) process as a Class II medical device, with broad indication for use “in movement and alignment of teeth during orthodontic treatment of malocclusion.” Clinical trials demonstrated that Aerodentis System was suitable for adults and pediatric patients with Class 1 and Class 2 malocclusion, including crowding, proclination and retroclination. Further, clinical trials have demonstrated that the effectiveness of Aerodentis System was consistent with the results achieved by the Invisalign clear aligners Platform provided by Align Technology, Inc.
Pictured: Close up of smart aligner with (1) outer structure formed based on the final tooth position desired for a perfect smile and (2) micro balloon inserted between the outer structure and the inner structure to support the balloon’s expansion.
51
The Platform
Building on the Aerodentis System, we have developed a prototype of the ZSmile, our next generation, comprehensive enhanced Platform to Class 1 and Class 2 malocclusion for which we intend to submit a 510(k) application for marketing in the U.S., as the Platform is beyond the scope of our current FDA clearance. The prototype of the Platform was developed over the course of eighteen months and is intended to advance the proven clinical features of the Aerodentis System while incorporating recent developments in artificial intelligence utilized in our ZSmile AI Cloud (as defined below) component of the Platform, secure wireless and Internet communications with Internet of Things (“IoT”) devices used in our Smart Aligner System component of the Platform and advanced imaging and 3D printing technologies. IoT devices refers to pieces of hardware, such as sensors, actuators, gadgets, appliances, or machines, that are programmed for certain applications and can transmit data over the internet or other networks.
Our Platform is comprised of three primary components:
| ● | the ZSmile smartphone application; |
| ● | our AI-based cloud service (“ZSmile AI Cloud”), which is used to perform analytics and manage patient treatment plans; and |
| ● | the smart aligner system used by the patient, which consists of: (i) a base control unit containing the pump and the IoT components and (ii) a smart aligner containing the micro-balloon that gently pushes teeth into their intended final position using pulsating air (the “Smart Aligner System”). |
52
The following provides a more detailed description of each of the components of our Platform:
ZSmile Smartphone Application
Our freely downloadable ZSmile smartphone application will allow potential patients to make a video of their smile and teeth and upload the video to the ZSmile AI Cloud. This 2D video will be converted into a 3D model using our proprietary patent-pending AI based image analysis technology. The underlying algorithms will then perform an initial analysis to determine if the patient can potentially benefit from our Platform. This complex analysis will be performed in minutes and will deliver a “Go/No Go” response. Once a patient begins treatment, they will use the smartphone application to provide their dental professional with ongoing remote monitoring of their treatment progress. The smartphone application can be used to upload additional teeth videos showing progress and to transmit data from the Smart Aligner System (described below), including the amount of time the patient used the Smart Aligner System and the pressure and pulse levels administered.
ZSmile AI Cloud
The ZSmile AI Cloud will be used to analyze data uploaded by patients and to facilitate communication between patients and dental professionals. If the analysis performed on the initial video upload from the ZSmile smartphone application delivers a “Go” result, the patient will be invited to have an intraoral scan performed by a dental professional from our network of participating providers. The results of this intraoral scan will be uploaded to the ZSmile AI Cloud by the dental professional, and the ZSmile AI Cloud will use a machine learning algorithm to compare the scan with the initial model generated from the patient’s initial video upload. The machine learning algorithm is designed to learn with every scan how to improve the accuracy of the 3D images it generates from smartphone videos. We believe that the Platform’s image analysis of smartphone videos will eventually approach the level of accuracy observed in intraoral scans. If we achieve this, we will be in a position to be able provide highly accurate image analysis of teeth that can be used throughout the dental industry since it would allow for smartphones to essentially replace the need for intraoral scans for certain cases. This would dramatically increase the efficiency and treatment delivery cycle in the dental industry and result in a potentially material economic benefit to our Company in the future.
The ZSmile AI Cloud will also be used for ongoing analysis of patient data and management of a patient’s treatment plan throughout the treatment. A dental professional will use our Platform to develop a customized treatment plan, including any interproximal reduction necessary before treatment begins, based on the Smart Aligner System. As a patient uploads progress videos from their smartphone, the Platform will compare tooth positions in previous videos to current positions. A dental professional will be able to use this data to remotely monitor the treatment progress and modify the treatment plan remotely as needed.
Smart Aligner System
The Platform’s Smart Aligner System features a newer, more advanced version of our first generation ZSmile System, featuring completely redesigned micropump and motor mechanisms. The redesign has significantly increased the pump’s pressure capacity, efficiency, and durability. In addition, the base control unit of Smart Aligner System is now IoT-enabled to allow external secure communication with the device using Wi-Fi and Bluetooth. The device will thus be able to communicate with the patient’s smartphone as well as the ZSmile AI Cloud and the designated dental professional, subject to FDA clearance.
The clear aligner of a patient’s Smart Aligner System will be created using 3D printing based on various 3D images of the patient’s teeth that are collected and analyzed in the ZSmile AI Cloud. This will represent a significant development in our industry since, today, aligners are not printed but produced using a thermoforming process. Other companies have implemented 3D printing to produce the aligner models but not the actual aligners. Although using 3D printing is a superior method for production due to its level of precision and customizability, it has not been implemented in the production of aligners in the traditional aligner market because it would be financially prohibitive to do so, since traditional aligner Platforms would need to print multiple aligners for each patient. Since our Platform requires only one smart aligner to be produced for each patient, we will be able to take advantage of this cost-effective production method that will also have economies of scale.
53
Pictured: The Company’s second generation device ZSmile
Pictured: ZSmile depicted being used while sleeping
Market Opportunity
Malocclusion is one of the most prevalent clinical dental conditions in the world, affecting approximately 60% to 75% of the global population.3 It is estimated that there are approximately 500 million people globally with malocclusion who could benefit from straightening their teeth.4 However, most people afflicted by malocclusion do not seek orthodontic treatment due to a number of reasons, including negative perceptions of metal braces, affordability of treatment, and accessibility to doctors in certain markets and geographies. Annually, only approximately 21 million or 4.2% of the affected individuals elect treatment by orthodontists.5 Today, most orthodontic patients continue to have their malocclusions treated with the use of traditional corrective methods such as metal arch wires and brackets, referred to as braces, augmented with elastics, metal expanders, headgear or functional appliances, and other ancillary devices as needed. Upon completion of a patient’s treatment, their dental professional may recommend the patient use a retainer appliance to preserve the benefits of their treatments.
| 3 | See Alhammadi, Maged Sultan, et al. “Global distribution of malocclusion traits: A systematic review.” Dental press journal of orthodontics 23 (2018): 40-e1. |
| 4 | Fortune Business Insight. The global clear aligners market is projected to grow from $3.80 billion in 2023 to $17.27 billion by 2030, at a CAGR of 24.2% during the forecast period, 2023-2030 (June 2023), available at https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/industry-reports/clear-aligners-market-101377. |
| 5 | Medi-Tech Insights. Global Orthodontic Supplies Market Report 2027 - Improving Oral Health Care, available at https://meditechinsights.com/global-orthodontic-supplies-market/. |
54
According to a 2022 study conducted by Precedent Research (“Precedence Research 2022 Study”), the global clear aligners market size was estimated at $6.29 billion in 2022 and is expected to surpass around $46.3 billion by 2030, expanding at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 28.34% during the period 2022 to 2030.6
Source: Precedence Research Study, 2022
Our Platform seeks to address this large and underserved global market by offering a discreet, less intrusive and less painful treatment alternative to available clear aligners and traditional orthodontic treatments. Our Platform is optimized to correct malocclusions that relate to the “social six,” which are the front upper six and lower six teeth. We believe that at least 30% of those who currently seek treatment, or 6.6 million people, could benefit from using ZSmile to correct their smiles. According to the Precedence Research 2022 Study, by 2028, the market for clear aligners will surpass 22 million people, which is our total addressable market.
| 6 | Precedence Research. Clear Aligners Market (By Age: Adults, Teenagers; By Type: At-home aligners/Direct-to-consumer (DTC) Aligners, In-office Aligners; By Product: Hard Type, Medium Type, Soft Type; By Material Type: Polyurethane, Plastic Polyethylene Terephthalate Glycol, Poly-vinyl Chloride; By Distribution Channel: Direct Sales, Laboratories, Others; By End-User: Hospitals, Standalone Practices, Group Practices, Others) - Global Industry Analysis, Size, Share, Growth, Trends, Regional Outlook, and Forecast 2022-2030 (October 2022), available at https://www.precedenceresearch.com/clear-aligners-market. |
55
Source: Precedence Research Study, 2022
Our total addressable market also stands to benefit from the recent trend toward dentists, rather than orthodontists, delivering orthodontic care through clear aligners. In order for a smile correction solution to work properly, a treatment plan and monitoring needs to be executed by a dental professional, such as dentists and orthodontists. Since the ZSmile Platform provides the necessary information to develop and administer a treatment plan using our solution, it may be used by dentists as well as orthodontists, which expands our target distribution channel to cover both orthodontists and dentists. According to a 2019 Journal of Family Medicine and Primary Care article, approximately 36% of dentists were already performing orthodontic procedures such as the malocclusion corrections.7 This is an indication of an ongoing trend of dentists assuming more orthodontic treatment offerings in their practices. We believe that the ease of use of our Platform will also facilitate eventually selling our solution directly to the consumer in qualified cases with remote dental professional involvement.
Business Model
Our business model is focused on engaging the customer throughout their smile correction journey and beyond. Our solution provides an innovative, proprietary end-to-end platform that spans all stages of customer engagement, from initial acquisition to treatment and ongoing maintenance-all with minimal need for office visits and lifestyle inconvenience.
| 7 | See Jayaprakash, Poonam K., et al. “A survey on orthodontic services provided by general dental practitioners.” Journal of family medicine and primary care 8.7 (2019): 2490-2495. |
56
Customer Initiated Dentist-Controlled Treatment
Unlike other solutions in the market, such as traditional clear aligners, we believe our Platform will provide greater access and interaction with the customers and allow customers to feel more involved in their own treatment process. We hope to engage the power of social media and other digital outlets to initiate initial demand for our Platform by the customers.
Customer Engagement - Value Creation
Our Platform is designed to have a high level of engagement with customers, if cleared for marketing in the U.S., as users will be able to scan their teeth with any smartphone and see how our solution can improve their smile. We intend to engage the customer from their first interest in correcting their smile and guide them throughout our convenient process.
Network of Dental Professionals
If cleared by FDA, the Platform will generally function via the following process: if the customer can benefit from our Platform, based on the severity of their tooth alignment and malocclusions, they will be referred to a dental professional in our network for an intraoral scan. Once the results of the scan are uploaded to our ZSmile AI Cloud, a remote dental professional will develop a treatment plan for that patient using our Platform. If the patient requires any tooth preparation before initiating treatment with the smart aligner, the patient will again be referred to a dental professional in our network. The Company currently does not have any written agreements or arrangements with any dental professionals governing provision of orthodontic services using our Platform.
Monetization - Value Capture
We intend to generate revenues by:
| ● | reselling our solution through a professional dental network; |
| ● | providing ongoing monitoring and treatment plans for those who have completed their smile correction and may require smile maintenance throughout their life; and |
| ● | eventually selling directly to the consumer in qualified cases with remote dental professional involvement. |
57
Sales and Marketing
We intend to market our Platform in Israel, the European Union (the “E.U.”), United Kingdom, United States, and Canada, subject to each country’s requisite regulatory authorization. We intend to utilize social media to promote our Platform to our targeted audience. The Platform has a potentially viral social media message that we hope will drive demand by placing user-generated content on all major social medial platforms. Our marketing strategy themes and promotional messages will emphasize the ease and convenience offered by our Platform as compared to other available treatments.
Research and Development
We have a research and development team with software development, medical device development, dental/orthodontic, data science and other innovation focused backgrounds. Our current research and development efforts are primarily focused on enhancing the Platform and developing software and processes to enable the manufacture of our smart aligner systems in volume as well as productizing the prototype through the development of UI/UX and system integration with existing patent systems.
As of December 2024, our outsourced software development team is composed of eight professionals with years of experience in artificial intelligence development, data science, application and software engineering. Members of the team come from the elite intelligence units of the Israeli Defense Force and have a breadth of experience in computer vision, imaging and targeting systems development. Our software development team is headed by Yossi Avni, who has 25 years of experience in developing advanced artificial intelligence applications, behavioral biometrics, behavioral profiling and advanced security systems and holds over 100 patents in these areas.
Our hardware and systems development team is composed of six professionals with years of experience in FDA-compliant medical device development. They are a part of Aran Research Development Prototypes Ltd. (“Aran”), a leading Israeli product design and development firm and our third-party hardware development partner. Aran is ISO 13485 certified and maintains an ISO 7 cleanroom for testing and assembly. Aran also has manufacturing facilities and a full suite of 3D printing capabilities, which are compliant with FDA guidelines. Our hardware and systems development team is headed by Avi Kayton, a skilled development manager and systems engineer with 16 years of experience, including extensive experience in medical device companies.
Intellectual Property
We have three issued U.S. patents, four pending U.S. patents and numerous global patent applications. These patents and applications cover critical aspects of our Platform, including the movement of teeth using pulsating air, our diagnostic process, Platform technology, and 3D printing. Our issued U.S. patents 7819661, 10806376, and 10820965 expire in 2030, 2040, and 2040 respectively. We currently do not own any trademarks.
We intend to continue to pursue further intellectual property protection through U.S. and non-U.S. patent applications, trademark applications, and non-disclosure and non-compete agreements. We also intend to seek to protect our software, documentation and other written materials under trade secret and copyright laws. There can be no assurance that patents will be issued as a result of any patent application or that patents that have been issued to us or may issue in the future will be found to be valid and enforceable and sufficient to protect our technology or products.
Seasonality
Our business is generally not seasonal. However, we may experience moderate sales fluctuations, at certain periods of the year, such as January, due to renewed consumer focus on health improvement and aesthetics.
58
Competition
The dental industry is in a period of immense and rapid digital transformation involving products, technologies, distribution channels and business models. We face competition in the market for our Platform from the clear aligners market and we expect competition from existing competitors and new companies that may enter the market or introduce new technologies in the future. We compete with several well-established companies both in the traditional orthodontic industry and the direct-to-consumer clear aligner industry, including Align Technologies, Dentsply Sirona (Byte), 3M Clarity Aligners, and Straumann Group. Although these companies offer clear aligner solutions, and thus do not use technologies similar to the Platform, we expect that potential patients will view clear aligner products as alternatives to the Platform. For this reason, we view any company in the clear aligners market as a potential competitor.
We believe that the principal competitive factors in the market for orthodontic appliances include:
| ● | price and financing options; |
| ● | access and convenience; |
| ● | aesthetic appeal of the treatment method; |
| ● | comfort associated with the treatment method |
| ● | duration and effectiveness of treatment; |
| ● | ease of use; and |
| ● | orthodontist chair time. |
We believe that our Platform will compare favorably with respect to each of these factors.
Government Regulation
Our products (including the currently cleared version, as well as the next generation Platform for which we have not yet submitted the requisite 510(k) application to FDA) are considered medical devices, and, accordingly, are subject to rigorous regulation by government agencies in the United States and other countries in which we intend to sell our products. These regulations vary from country to country but cover, among other things, the following activities with respect to medical devices:
| ● | design, development and manufacturing; |
| ● | testing, labeling, content and language of instructions for use and storage; |
| ● | product storage and safety; |
| ● | marketing, sales and distribution; |
| ● | pre-market clearance and approval; |
| ● | record keeping procedures; |
| ● | advertising and promotion; |
| ● | recalls and field safety corrective actions; |
| ● | post-market surveillance; |
| ● | post-market approval studies; and |
| ● | product import and export |
59
FDA Regulation
In the U.S., numerous laws and regulations govern the processes by which medical devices are developed, manufactured, brought to market and marketed. These include the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FD&C Act”) and its implementing regulations issued by FDA, among others. Unless an exemption applies, each medical device commercially distributed in the United States requires FDA clearance of a 510(k) premarket notification (“510(k) clearance”), granting of a de novo request, or approval of an application for premarket approval (“PMA”). In general, under the FD&C Act, medical devices are classified in one of three classes on the basis of the controls necessary to reasonably assure their safety and effectiveness. A medical device’s classification determines the level of FDA review and approval to which the device is subject before it can be marketed to consumers:
| ● | Class I devices, the lowest-risk FDA device classification, include devices with the lowest risk to the patient and are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to FDA’s medical device general controls, including labeling, establishment registration, device product listing, adverse event reporting, and, for some products, adherence to good manufacturing practices through FDA’s Quality System Regulations. |
| ● | Class II devices, moderate-risk devices, also require compliance with general controls and in some cases, special controls as deemed necessary by FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device. These special controls may include performance standards, particular labeling requirements, or post-market surveillance obligations. While most Class I devices are exempt from the 510(k) premarket notification requirement, typically a Class II device also requires pre-market review and 510(k) clearance as well as adherence to the Quality System Regulations/good manufacturing practices for devices. |
| ● | Class III devices, high-risk devices that are often implantable or life-sustaining, also require compliance with the medical device general controls and Quality System Regulations, and generally must be approved by FDA before entering the market through a PMA application. Approved PMAs can include post-approval conditions and post-market surveillance requirements, analogous to some of the special controls that may be imposed on Class II devices. |
Our manufacturing quality system is required to be in compliance with the Quality System Regulations enforced by FDA and similar regulations enforced by other worldwide regulatory authorities. FDA’s Quality System Regulations require manufacturers to follow stringent design, testing, process control, documentation, and other quality assurance procedures.
Our first generation Aerodentis System is a Class II medical device, which was cleared by FDA for commercialization in the U.S. pursuant to the 510(k) notification process for movement and alignment of teeth during orthodontic treatment of malocclusion in April 2020. We are preparing to apply for 510(k) clearance for the updated version of the currently cleared device. We expect to file the 510(k) submission for the Platform prior to the end of 2025. Such updated Platform contains new and/or different components than the original device, which is why a new 510(k) clearance is required prior to marketing the Platform in the U.S. We have not yet filed a 510(k) submission for the Platform, and it has, thus, not been found by the FDA to be substantially equivalent to the first generation Aerodentis System. The manufacture, marketing and distribution of the Aerodentis System, as well as our next-generation Platform once cleared by FDA, if ever, is subject to continuing regulation and enforcement by FDA and other government authorities, which includes routine FDA inspections of our facilities to determine compliance with facility registration requirements, product listing requirements, medical device reporting regulations, and Quality System Regulations, among others. If FDA finds that we have failed to comply with Quality System Regulations or other legal or regulatory requirements, it or other government agencies may institute a wide variety of enforcement actions against us, ranging from Warning Letters to more severe sanctions, including but not limited to financial penalties, withdrawal of 510(k) clearances already granted, and criminal prosecution. We have passed our International Organization for Standardization (“ISO”) and Medical Device Single Audit Program (“MDSAP”) certification process and have added the U.S. to our ISO/MDSAP certification in 2019.
The 510(k) Process
Under the 510(k) process, the manufacturer must submit to FDA a premarket notification demonstrating that the device is “substantially equivalent” to either a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976, the date upon which the Medical Device Amendments of 1976 were enacted, and for which a PMA is not required, a device that has been reclassified from Class III to Class II or Class I, or another commercially available device that was cleared through the 510(k) process. To be “substantially equivalent,” the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence.
60
After a 510(k) premarket notification is submitted, FDA determines whether to accept it for substantive review. If it lacks necessary information for substantive review, FDA will refuse to accept the 510(k) notification. If it is accepted for filing, FDA begins a substantive review. By statute, FDA is required to complete its review of a 510(k) notification within 90 days of receiving the 510(k) notification. As a practical matter, clearance often takes longer, and clearance is never assured. FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence, which may significantly prolong the review process. If FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device currently on the market, it will grant 510(k) clearance to commercially market the device.
Post-Market Regulation
After a device is cleared or approved for marketing, numerous and extensive regulatory requirements may continue to apply. These include but are not limited to:
| ● | annual and updated establishment registration and device listing with FDA; |
| ● | Quality System Regulation requirements, which require manufacturers to follow stringent quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the design and manufacturing process; |
| ● | restrictions on sale, distribution, or use of a device; |
| ● | labeling, advertising, promotion, and marketing regulations, which require that promotion is truthful, not misleading, and provide adequate directions for use and that all claims are substantiated, and also prohibit the promotion of products for unapproved or “off-label” uses (i.e., indications that are inconsistent with or beyond the scope of the applicable FDA approval or clearance) and impose other restrictions on labeling; |
| ● | clearance or approval of product modifications to legally marketed devices that could significantly affect safety or effectiveness or that would constitute a major change in intended use; |
| ● | medical device reporting regulations, which require that a manufacturer report to FDA if a device it markets may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or has malfunctioned and the device or a similar device that it markets would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur; |
| ● | correction, removal, and recall reporting regulations, and FDA’s recall authority; |
| ● | complying with the federal law and regulations requiring Unique Device Identifiers on devices; and |
| ● | post-market surveillance activities and regulations, which apply when deemed by FDA to be necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device. |
FDA has broad regulatory compliance and enforcement powers. If FDA determines that we failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it can take a variety of compliance or enforcement actions, which may result in any of the following sanctions:
| ● | warning letters, untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, and civil penalties; |
| ● | recalls, withdrawals, or administrative detention, or seizure of our products; |
61
| ● | operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production; |
| ● | refusing or delaying requests for 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA approvals of new products or modified products; |
| ● | withdrawing 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted; |
| ● | refusal to grant export or import approvals for our products; or |
| ● | criminal prosecution. |
International Regulation
Many countries throughout the world have established regulatory frameworks for marketing and commercialization of medical devices. As a designer, manufacturer, and marketer of medical devices, we are obligated to comply with the respective frameworks of these countries to obtain and maintain access to these global markets. The frameworks often define requirements for marketing authorizations which vary by country. Failure to obtain appropriate marketing authorization and to meet all local requirements, including specific quality and safety standards in any country in which we currently market our products, could cause commercial disruption and/or subject us to sanctions and fines. Delays in receipt of, or a failure to receive, such marketing authorizations, or the loss of any previously received authorizations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
There is currently no premarket government review of medical devices in the European Economic Area (“EEA”). However, all medical devices placed on the market in the EEA must meet the relevant essential requirements laid down in Annex I of Directive 93/42/EEC concerning medical devices, or the Medical Devices Directive. The most fundamental essential requirement is that a medical device must be designed and manufactured in such a way that it will not compromise the clinical condition or safety of patients, or the safety and health of users and others. In addition, the device must achieve the performances intended by the manufacturer and be designed, manufactured, and packaged in a suitable manner. The European Commission has adopted various standards applicable to medical devices. These include standards governing common requirements, such as sterilization and safety of medical electrical equipment, and product standards for certain types of medical devices. There are also harmonized standards relating to design and manufacture. While not mandatory, compliance with these standards is viewed as the easiest way to satisfy the essential requirements as a practical matter. Compliance with a standard developed to implement an essential requirement also creates a rebuttable presumption that the device satisfies that essential requirement.
On April 5, 2017, the European Parliament passed the Medical Devices Regulation (Regulation 2017/745), which repeals and replaces the E.U. Medical Device Directive and became effective on May 26, 2021. The Medical Devices Regulation, among other things, is intended to establish a uniform, transparent, predictable, and sustainable regulatory framework across the EEA for medical devices and ensure a high level of safety and health while supporting innovation. The new regulations, among other things:
| ● | strengthen the rules on placing devices on the market and reinforce surveillance once they are available; |
| ● | establish explicit provisions on manufacturers’ responsibilities for the follow-up of the quality, performance, and safety of devices placed on the market; |
| ● | improve the traceability of medical devices throughout the supply chain to the end-user or patient through a unique identification number; |
| ● | set up a central database to provide patients, healthcare professionals, and the public with comprehensive information on products available in the E.U.; and |
| ● | strengthen rules for the assessment of certain high-risk devices, such as implants, which may have to undergo an additional check by experts before they are placed on the market. |
62
We received our European CE mark and ISO/MDSAP certification in 2019. In light of our ISO/MDSAP certification, we believe that we are in substantial compliance with applicable E.U. regulations and do not anticipate having to make any material expenditures as a result of E.U. or other currently applicable regulatory requirements. Under Medical Devices Regulation, manufacturing facilities are subject to periodic inspections by regulatory authorities and must comply with device safety and effectiveness requirements as set forth therein. To that end, we have implemented controls and procedures intended to ensure that our Access Dental Lab Quality System meets FDA’s and ISO requirements. We passed our audit to renew our ISO/MDSAP certification in April 2023.
Quality System Regulations
Our manufacturing quality system is required to be in compliance with the Quality System Regulations enforced by FDA and similar regulations enforced by other worldwide regulatory authorities. FDA’s Quality System Regulations require manufacturers to follow stringent design, testing, process control, documentation, and other quality assurance procedures. If FDA finds that we have failed to comply with Quality System Regulations or other legal or regulatory requirements, it or other government agencies may institute a wide variety of enforcement actions against us, ranging from Warning Letters to more severe sanctions, including but not limited to financial penalties, withdrawal of 510(k) clearances already granted, and criminal prosecution. In addition, under Canadian regulation, manufacturing facilities are subject to periodic inspections by regulatory authorities and must comply with device safety and effectiveness requirements as required by the Medical Devices Regulation.
State Professional Regulation
Our ability to conduct business in each state is dependent in part upon that particular state’s treatment of remote healthcare delivery under such state’s laws, rules and policies governing the practice of dentistry, which are subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. Orthodontists and dentists who provide professional services to a patient via teledentistry must, in most instances, hold a valid license to practice or to provide treatment in the state in which the patient is located. In addition, certain states require an orthodontist or dentist providing telehealth services to be physically located in the same state as the patient. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations can give rise to civil or criminal penalties.
Other U.S. Federal and State Laws
We are also subject to various laws inside and outside the U.S. concerning our relationships with healthcare professionals and government officials, price reporting and regulation, the promotion, sales and marketing of our products and services, the importation and exportation of our products, reimbursement for our products and services, the operation of our facilities, and the distribution of our products. Initiatives sponsored by government agencies, legislative bodies, and the private sector regarding these matters, including efforts to limit the growth of healthcare expenses generally, are ongoing in markets where we do business. It is not possible to predict at this time the long-term impact of such cost containment and other measures on our future business.
We intend to enter into contracts with orthodontists, dentists, or professional corporations to deliver our products and services to their patients. Such contractual relationships will be subject to various state laws that prohibit the practice of dentistry by lay entities or persons and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons from interfering with or influencing the orthodontist’s or dentist’s professional judgment. In addition, laws in various states also generally prohibit the sharing of professional services income with nonprofessional or business interests. Activities other than those directly related to the delivery of healthcare may be considered an element of the practice of dentistry in many states. Under the corporate practice of dentistry restrictions of certain states, non-clinical decisions and activities may implicate the restrictions on the corporate practice of dentistry. We will continually monitor state requirements as to what constitutes the practice of dentistry and take steps to ensure that the orthodontists and dentists who utilize our services and teledentistry platform handle all clinical aspects of their patients’ care to ensure we do not violate those laws and regulations.
63
As a participant in the health care industry we are subject to extensive and frequently changing regulation under many other laws administered by governmental entities at the federal, state, and local levels, some of which are, and others of which may be, applicable to our business. Laws regulating medical device manufacturers and health care providers cover a broad array of subjects.
Several states have fraud and abuse and consumer protection laws that apply to healthcare items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers, not just those reimbursed by a federally funded healthcare program, or apply regardless of payor. The scope of these laws and the interpretations of them vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. A determination of liability under such laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.
Health Information Privacy and Security Laws
There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of PII, including health information. Among others, the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by HITECH, and their implementing regulations, which we collectively refer to as HIPAA, establish privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of PHI and require covered entities and business associates to implement administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of individually identifiable health information in electronic form, among other requirements.
Violations of HIPAA may result in civil and criminal penalties. We must also comply with HIPAA’s breach notification rule which requires notification to affected individuals and HHS, and in certain cases to media outlets, in the case of a breach of unsecured PHI. The regulations also require business associates of covered entities to notify the covered entity of breaches by the business associate.
State attorneys general also have the right to prosecute HIPAA violations committed against residents of their states, and HIPAA standards have been used as the basis for the duty of care in state civil suits, such as those for negligence or recklessness in misusing personal information. In addition, HIPAA mandates that HHS conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities and their business associates for compliance.
Many states also have laws that protect the privacy and security of sensitive and personal information, including health information. These laws may be similar to or even more protective than HIPAA and other federal privacy laws. For example, the laws of the State of California, are more restrictive than HIPAA. Where state laws are more protective than HIPAA, we must comply with the state laws we are subject to, in addition to HIPAA. California passed the California Consumer Privacy Act or CCPA on June 28, 2018, which went into effect January 1, 2020. On November 3, 2020, the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020 (“CPRA”), which amends the CCPA and adds new privacy protections that became effective on January 1, 2023, was enacted through a ballot initiative. While information we maintain that is covered by HIPAA may be exempt from the CCPA, other records and information we maintain on our patients may be subject to the CCPA. In certain cases, it may be necessary to modify our planned operations and procedures to comply with these more stringent state laws. Not only may some of these state laws impose fines and penalties upon violators, but also some, unlike HIPAA, may afford private rights of action to individuals who believe their personal information has been misused. In addition, state and federal privacy laws subject to frequent change.
In addition to HIPAA and state health information privacy laws, we may be subject to other state and federal privacy laws, including laws that prohibit unfair privacy and security practices and deceptive statements about privacy and security, laws that place specific requirements on certain types of activities, such as data security and texting, and laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach.
64
Foreign data protection, privacy, and other laws and regulations are often more restrictive than those in the U.S. The E.U., for example, traditionally has imposed stricter obligations under its laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection than the U.S. In May 2018, the General Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”), which governs data practices and privacy in the E.U., became effective and replaced the data protection laws of the individual member states. GDPR requires companies to meet stringent requirements regarding the handling of personal data of individuals in the E.U. These more stringent requirements include expanded disclosures to inform members about how we may use their personal data, increased controls on profiling members, and increased rights for members to access, control and delete their personal data. In addition, there are mandatory data breach notification requirements. The law also includes significant penalties for non-compliance, which may result in monetary penalties of up to 20 million Euros or 4% of a company’s worldwide turnover, whichever is higher. GDPR and other similar regulations require companies to give specific types of notice and informed consent is required for the placement of a cookie or similar technologies on a user’s device for online tracking for behavioral advertising and other purposes and for direct electronic marketing, and the GDPR also imposes additional conditions in order to satisfy such consent, such as a prohibition on pre-checked consents. It remains unclear how the U.K. data protection laws or regulations will develop in the medium to longer term and how data transfer to the U.K. from the E.U. will be regulated. Outside of the E.U., there are many other countries with data protection laws, and new countries are adopting data protection legislation with increasing frequency.
Many of these laws may require consent from individuals for the use of data for various purposes, including marketing, which may reduce our ability to market our products.
There is no harmonized approach to these laws and regulations globally. Consequently, we increase our risk of non-compliance with applicable foreign data protection laws and regulations when we expand internationally. We may need to change and limit the way we use personal information in operating our business and may have difficulty maintaining a single operating model that is compliant. Compliance with such laws and regulations will result in additional costs and may necessitate changes to our business practices and divergent operating models, limit the effectiveness of our marketing activities, adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition, and subject us to additional liabilities.
Environmental Matters
We have no material expenditures for compliance with Federal, State or local provisions regulating the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment.
Employees
As of March 31, 2025, the Company had 3 full-time employees and 1 part-time employee.
Company Information
Our principal executive offices are located at Shatner Street 3, Jerusalem, Israel, and our telephone number is +972 (0)74-700-6700.
Our web page address is www.zsmile.com. References to our website address do not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on the website, and the information contained on the website is not part of this document or any other document that we file with or furnish to the SEC.
65
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Officers and Directors
The following persons became our directors and executive officers on August 14, 2023, and hold the positions set forth opposite their respective names as of July 14, 2025:
| Name | Age | Position | ||
| Eliyahu (Lee) Haddad | 58 | Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) | ||
| Moshe Shvets | 60 | Chief Technology Officer and Director | ||
| Chaim Hurvitz | 64 | Director and Chairman of the Board | ||
| Chaim Ravad | 59 | Director | ||
| Yehuda Englander | 44 | Director |
Directors and Executive Officers
Information concerning our directors and executive officers is set forth below. The biographical description of each director includes the specific experience, qualifications, attributes and skills that led the Board to conclude that such person should serve as a director.
Eliyahu (Lee) Haddad
Mr. Haddad has served as our Chief Executive Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) and director since August 2023 and has served as Chief Executive Officer of Private Dror since December 2021. Mr. Haddad is a multi-disciplinary finance and technology expert, with extensive senior level operational experience in raising capital, growing complex business models, and guiding startups and later stage companies to successful exits. Prior to his employment at Dror, Mr. Haddad served as Chief Executive Officer of HFT Investments from 2007 through 2021. He also served as a Senior Adviser at Exceed Talent Capital between 2019 and 2023. Over the course of his 30-year career, Mr. Haddad has structured and managed a number of technology and media transactions valued at an aggregate of over $85 billion, including $250 million in transactions within the Israeli high-tech space in AI, medical technology, and cybersecurity. Mr. Haddad received a bachelor’s degree in economics and philosophy from Columbia University, where he was the recipient of the National Science Foundation Award in Theoretical Physics and started his career in the M&A subgroup of Morgan Stanley’s media and technology group for several years. We believe that Mr. Haddad’s extensive business experience qualifies him to serve as a member of our Board.
Moshe Shvets
Mr. Shvets has served as a director and Chief Technology Officer since August 2023, Chief Technology Officer of Private Dror since July 2020 and Senior Vice President of Private Dror since January 2022. Mr. Shvets has also served as a Senior Vice President since December 1, 2021. Mr. Shvets is a seasoned senior executive with 25 years of experience in building companies with over €250M yearly revenues that involve complex instrumentation & processes, regulation, software, and global infrastructure. Prior to joining Dror, Mr. Shvets founded and served as a director of BiSec Ltd. from 2015 to 2018. Mr. Shvets has also served as president of OAO Belzan from 2011 to 2013, and president of OAO DZV from 2011 to 2014. Before joining the management team, Mr. Shvets was one of the investors in our Company. Mr. Shvets received a bachelor’s degree from Saint Petersburg State University in Aerospace Instrumentation in 1999. We believe that Mr. Shvets’s extensive experience commercializing new technologies qualifies him to serve as a member of our Board.
66
Chaim Hurvitz
Mr. Hurvitz has served as a director and Chairman of our Board since August 2023 and previously served as Chairman of Private Dror from January 17, 2012, until the closing of the Share Exchange in August 2023. Mr. Hurvitz has founded and has served as a chief executive office of C.H. Health, a healthcare focused venture capital firm since May 2011. His investments through CH Health have included several successful exits including the NASDAQ IPOs of Galmed Pharmaceuticals Ltd. (NASDAQ: GLMD) (“Galmed”) and UroGen Pharma Ltd. (NASDAQ: URGN) (“UroGen”). He was previously a member of Teva’s senior management, serving as the President of Teva International Group from 2002 through 2010, Vice-President of Israeli Pharmaceutical Sales from 1999 through 2002 and President and CEO of Teva Pharmaceuticals Europe from 1992 through 1999. Mr. Hurvitz presently serves the chairman of Univo Pharmaceuticals Ltd., the chairman of Shirat Hachaim Ltd., a director of Celexir, a director of Genoscience Pharma S.A.S., and has previously served as the chairman CTG Weld Limited, the chairman of PolyPid Ltd. (NASDAQ: PYPD), as the chairman of Galmed, as a director of UroGen, and as a director of Teva Pharmaceuticals Industries Ltd. (NYSE: TEVA). Mr Hurvitz is also a member of management of the Manufacturers Association of Israel and Head of its Pharmaceutical branch. Mr. Hurvitz received a B.A. in political science and economics from Tel Aviv University in 1985. We believe that Mr. Hurvitz’s extensive management experience in the healthcare industry qualifies him to serve as a member of our Board.
Chaim Ravad
Mr. Ravad has served as a director since August 2023 and previously served as a director of Private Dror from February 2015, until the closing of the Share Exchange in August 2023. Mr. Ravad has experience in food catering and real estate industries. In his capacity as our director, Mr. Ravad has served as a major contributor to the development of Dror’s teeth straightening product from its early stages and until receipt of FDA and CE approval and has in the past successfully assisted in securing private investments in our Company. Mr. Ravad is a graduate of Hebron Yeshiva.
Yehuda Englander
Mr. Englander has served as a director since August 2023 and previously served as a director of Private Dror from December 2021, until the closing of the Share Exchange in August 2023. Mr. Englander is a co-founder of YYE ALEY SHLECHT ASSETS LTD. and YE RUT Finance Ltd. Prior to that, Mr. Englander led Yehuda Englander Finance Advisory Ltd. for four years. Mr. Englander received a B.A. in Accounting from Lev Academic Center at Jerusalem College of Technology. We believe that Mr. Englander’s extensive investment experience qualifies him to serve as a member of our Board.
Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings
In 1992, simultaneously with the institution of administrative proceedings against Mr. Haddad, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Director, in connection with certain alleged violations of SEC rules, the Securities and Exchange Commission accepted Mr. Haddad’s settlement offer to be permanently barred from association with any broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment advisor, or investment company. Mr. Haddad is not barred from being an officer or director of a public company.
Additionally, none of the members of the Board or our executive officers has, in the last ten years, been involved in any legal proceeding of the type described under Item 103(c)(2) or Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K.
Director Independence
Our Common Stock is quoted on the OTC Pink Limited Market operated by the OTC Markets Group Inc., which does not have director independence requirements. We also have not established our own definition for determining whether our director and nominees for directors are “independent” nor have we adopted any other standard of independence employed by any national securities exchange.
We expect our Board, in the future, to appoint an audit committee, nominating committee and compensation committee, and to adopt charters relative to each such committee. We intend to appoint such persons to committees of the Board as are expected to be required to meet the corporate governance requirements imposed by a national securities exchange, although we are not required to comply with such requirements until we elect to seek a listing on a national securities exchange. In addition, we intend that a majority of our directors will be independent directors, of which at least one director will qualify as an “audit committee financial expert,” within the meaning of Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K, as promulgated by the SEC. We do not currently have an “audit committee financial expert” since we currently do not have an audit committee in place.
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships among our directors or executive officers.
67
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth summary compensation information for the respective fiscal years. For the purpose of this prospectus, our “named executive officers” or “NEOs” are our principal executive officer (“PEO”), Mr. Haddad, and our sole non-PEO executive officer, Mr. Shvets. We provide a description of the employment arrangements with Mr. Haddad and Mr. Shvets, below under “Employment Agreements.” The following table includes all compensation earned by our named executive officers for the respective period, regardless of whether such amounts were actually paid during the period.
This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs.
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers for the fiscal years indicated below.
| Name and principal position | Year | Salary ($)(1) | Bonus ($) | Stock awards ($) | Option awards ($)(2) | Nonequity incentive plan compensation ($) | Nonqualified deferred compensation earnings ($) | All other compensation ($) | Total ($) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Eliyahu (Lee) Haddad | 2024 | 447,832 | - | - | - | - | - | - | 447,832 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| (Chief Executive Officer and Director) | 2023 | 419,962 | - | - | 2,506,941 | - | - | 2,926,903 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Moshe Shvets | 2024 | 424,197 | - | - | - | - | - | - | 424,197 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| (Chief Technology Officer) | 2023 | 313,770 | - | - | 1,504,145 | - | - | - | 1,817,915 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| (1) | Compensation amounts received in non-U.S. currency have been converted into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate for the applicable year. The average exchange rate for 2024 was 3.647 NIS per dollar and the average exchange rate for 2023 was 3.690 NIS per dollar. |
| (2) | In accordance with SEC rules, this column reflects the aggregate fair value of the option awards granted during the respective fiscal year computed as of their respective grant dates in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 for share-based compensation transactions. The assumptions made in the valuation of the share-based payments are contained in Note 11 to our financial statements included in this prospectus. |
Narrative Disclosure Regarding Summary Compensation Table
Our Board reviews compensation annually for all employees, including named executive officers. In making compensation determinations, the Board considers compensation for comparable positions in the market and with peer companies, the historical compensation levels of executives, individual performance as compared to the board’s expectations and objectives, the board’s desire to motivate employees to achieve short- and long-term results that are in the best interests of our stockholders and a long-term commitment to our Company.
68
Base salaries for the executive officers are initially established through arm’s-length negotiations at the time of the executive officer’s hiring, taking into account such executive officer’s qualifications, experience, the scope of his or her responsibilities and competitive market compensation paid by other companies for similar positions within the industry and geography. Base salaries are reviewed periodically, typically in connection with our annual performance review process, and adjusted from time to time to realign salaries with market levels after taking into account individual responsibilities, performance and experience. In making decisions regarding salary increases, we may also draw upon the experience of members of the Board with executives at other companies.
Bonus Compensation
During fiscal years 2024 and 2023, our named executive officers are not eligible to receive a discretionary annual bonus based on individual and company performance.
Equity-Based Incentive Awards
Our equity-based incentive awards are designed to align our interests and those of our stockholders with those of our employees and consultants, including our named executive officers. We have historically used stock options as incentives for long-term compensation to the named executive officers as the return on such awards is tied to an increase in our stock price. We may grant equity awards at such times as our Board determines appropriate in their discretion. Additional grants may occur periodically in order to incentivize executives with respect to achieving certain corporate goals or to reward them for exceptional performance. See “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” below for additional information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2024.
Employment Agreements
Eliyahu (Lee) Haddad, Chief Executive Officer and Director
On December 6, 2021, Private Dror entered into an employment agreement (the “Haddad Employment Agreement”) with Mr. Haddad to serve as Private Dror’s chief executive officer. Pursuant to this employment agreement, Mr. Haddad is entitled to a monthly salary (including all social benefit payments provided under Israeli law) of $22,256. Mr. Haddad is also entitled to an annual bonus based on achievement of objectives and the Board’s approval. In connection with his employment agreement, Mr. Haddad was granted options to purchase five percent (5%) of our fully diluted Ordinary Shares issued and issuable on the date of the employment agreement, which options vested in three tranches, on the first, second, and third anniversary of the date of the employment agreement. The options are subject to accelerated vesting upon the achievement by us of certain performance milestones. We cannot terminate Mr. Haddad’s employment not for “cause,” and in circumstances constituting “cause,” we may terminate the agreement effective immediately. Mr. Haddad can terminate the agreement for convenience upon 30 days written notice, and may terminate the agreement immediately for “good reason.” If Mr. Haddad’s employment is terminated without cause, or Mr. Haddad resigns for good reason, he is entitled to twelve month’s salary.
69
Following the closing of the Share Exchange, the Board appointed Mr. Haddad to the office of Chief Executive Officer on the terms of the Haddad Employment Agreement.
On February 18, 2025, effective as of June 30, 2023 (the “Haddad First Amendment Effective Date”), we and Mr. Haddad entered into the First Amendment to the Haddad Employment Agreement (the “Haddad First Amendment”), pursuant to which we agreed, beginning on the Haddad First Amendment Effective Date, that Mr. Haddad’s salary shall be increased to a yearly net salary of $200,000. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the Haddad First Amendment, Mr. Haddad shall receive a one-time payment upon achievement of the following milestones (subject to the determination of the Board that such milestones have been achieved) (i) $25,000 upon reaching a commercially available product and (ii) $50,000 upon the Company having reached and maintained a market capitalization of $100,000,000 for 30 trading days. Additionally, subject to the approval of the Board of the Company the adoption by the Company of an option plan, and the submission of such plan with the Israeli tax authorities, Mr. Haddad shall be issued with options to purchase shares of common stock of the Company as follows: (i) 50% of the outstanding share capital of the Company at a $100,000,000 valuation for 30 days, (ii) 50% of the outstanding share capital of the Company at a $200,000,000 valuation for 30 days, (iii) 50% of the outstanding share capital of the Company at a $350,000,000 valuation for 30 days, and (iv) 50% of the outstanding share capital of the Company at a $500,000,000 valuation for 30 days.
On February 18, 2025, effective as of February 5, 2025, we and Mr. Haddad entered into the Second Amendment to the Haddad Employment Agreement (the “Haddad Second Amendment”), pursuant to which we agreed that Mr. Haddad’s pension and severance pay contributions on his behalf be made from a lower salary than Mr. Haddad’s monthly salary and that (i) from January 2023 through July 2023, the base salary for pension and severance contributions was NIS 38,000, (ii) from August 2023 through December 2023, the base salary for pension and severance contributions was NIS 29,675.08, and (iii) from January 2024 through December 2024, the base salary for pension and severance NIS 24,500.
Moshe Shvets, Chief Technology Officer
On January 26, 2022, Private Dror entered into an employment agreement (the “Shvets Employment Agreement”) with Mr. Shvets to serve as Private Dror’s Senior Vice President, effective as of December 1, 2021. Mr. Shvets was named Chief Technology Officer as of July 20, 2020. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Shvets is entitled to a monthly gross salary of NIS 32,000. Mr. Shvets is also entitled to certain social and fringe benefits as set forth in the employment agreement. In connection with his employment agreement, Mr. Shvets was granted options to purchase three percent (3%) of our fully diluted Ordinary Shares issued and issuable on the date of the employment agreement, which options vested in three tranches, on the first, second, and third anniversary of the date of the employment agreement. The options are subject to accelerated vesting upon the achievement by us of certain performance milestones. Mr. Shvets’ employment can be terminated by either party for convenience upon 30 days written notice.
Following the closing of the Share Exchange, the Board appointed Mr. Shvets to the office of Chief Technology Officer on the terms of the Shvets Employment Agreement.
On February 18, 2025, effective as of June 30, 2023 (the “Shvets First Amendment Effective Date”), we and Mr. Shvets entered into the First Amendment to the Shvets Employment Agreement (the “Shvets First Amendment”), pursuant to which we agreed, beginning on the Shvets First Amendment Effective Date, that Mr. Shvets’s salary shall be increased to a yearly net salary of $150,000. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the Shvets First Amendment, Mr. Shvets shall receive a one-time payment upon achievement of the following milestones (subject to the determination of the Board that such milestones have been achieved) (i) $25,000 upon reaching a commercially available product and (ii) $50,000 upon the Company having reached and maintained a market capitalization of $100,000,000 for 30 trading days.
70
On February 18, 2025, effective as of February 5, 2025, we and Mr. Shvets entered into the Second Amendment to the Shvets Employment Agreement (the “Shvets Second Amendment”), pursuant to which we agreed that Mr. Shvets’s pension and severance pay contributions on his behalf be made from a lower salary than Mr. Shvets’s monthly salary and that (i) from January 2023 through July 2023, the base salary for pension and severance contributions was NIS 32,000, (ii) from August 2023 through December 2023, the base salary for pension and severance contributions was NIS 46,250, and (iii) from January 2024 through December 2024, the base salary for pension and severance NIS 24,500.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table presents information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2024. Information in this table has been adjusted to give pro forma effect to the Share Exchange.
| Option awards | ||||||||||||||||||
| Name | Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) exercisable | Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) unexercisable | Equity incentive plan awards: Number of securities underlying unexercised unearned options (#) | Option exercise price ($) | Option expiration date | |||||||||||||
| Eliyahu
(Lee) Haddad (Chief Executive Officer and Director) | 95,965,715 | (1) | - | (1) | - | $ | 0.0037 | August 14, 2033 | ||||||||||
| Moshe Shvets
(Chief Technology Officer and Director) | 57,578,694 | (2) | - | (2) | - | $ | 0.0037 | August 14, 2033 | ||||||||||
| (1) | On December 6, 2021, Mr. Haddad was granted options to purchase up to 26,097 ordinary shares of Private Dror at an exercise price of $14.15 per ordinary share. In connection with the Share Exchange, these options were exchanged for options to purchase up to 95,965,715 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of approximately $0.0037 per share. These options vest in three tranches, on the first, second, and third anniversary of the employment start date. The options are subject to accelerated vesting upon the achievement by us of certain performance milestones. |
| (2) | On December 1, 2021, Mr. Shvets was granted options to purchase up to 15,658 ordinary shares of Private Dror at an exercise price of $14.15 per ordinary share. In connection with the Share Exchange, these options were exchanged for options to purchase up to 57,578,694 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of approximately $0.0037 per share. These options vest in three tranches, on the first, second, and third anniversary of the employment start date. The options are subject to accelerated vesting upon the achievement by us of certain performance milestones. |
71
Equity Incentive Plans
2021 Share Incentive Plan
Prior to the Share Exchange, Private Dror adopted the Dror 2021 Share Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”), which provides for the granting of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and other stock-based awards to employees, directors, officers, consultants, and advisors of Private Dror or its affiliates. Under the 2021 Plan, 51,482 ordinary shares of Private Dror were initially reserved for issuance as awards, and stock options covering up to 44,365 ordinary shares of Private Dror (which were exchanged for stock options covering approximately 163,142,084 shares of Common Stock in connection with the Share Exchange) were outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Share Exchange. No other type of equity award is currently outstanding under the 2021 Plan. As further described below, upon the closing of the Share Exchange, any stock options outstanding under the 2021 Plan were converted into stock options under the Dror Ortho-Design, Inc. 2023 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2023 Plan”).
2023 Long-Term Incentive Plan
On August 14, 2023, our Board adopted the 2023 Plan. Under the 2023 Plan, we reserved 235,958,571 shares of our Common Stock for issuance as awards to our key employees, key contractors, and non-employee directors and those of our subsidiaries, of which 100% may be delivered pursuant to incentive stock options.
The 2023 Plan currently consists of the primary plan document that governs all awards granted under the 2023 Plan for eligible U.S. employees, contractors, and non-employee directors who are subject to U.S. income taxation and a sub-plan annex designated for the purpose of grants of equity awards to eligible Israeli employees, officers, and contractors of the Company and its affiliates who are subject to Israeli income taxation.
Upon the closing of the Share Exchange, we became the sponsor of the 2021 Plan, and all outstanding stock option awards previously granted under the 2021 Plan will be converted into awards under the 2023 Plan. Thus, all outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares of Dror (which are converted into options to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement, as amended) were converted to options to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company.
The purpose of the 2023 Plan is to provide an incentive to attract and retain the services of key employees, key contractors, and non-employee directors of the Company and its subsidiaries and to provide such persons with a proprietary interest in the Company through the granting of awards. The 2023 Plan is administered by our Board or a committee of the Board (the “Committee”) consisting of two or more members. At any time there is no Committee to administer the 2023 Plan, any reference to the Committee is a reference to the Board. The Committee will determine the persons to whom awards are to be made, determine the type, size and terms of awards, interpret the 2023 Plan, establish and revise rules and regulations relating to the 2023 Plan, and make any other determinations that it believes necessary for the administration of the 2023 Plan. The Committee may delegate certain duties to one or more officers of the Company as provided in the 2023 Plan. Unless terminated earlier by our Board, the 2023 Plan will expire on August 14, 2033. No awards may be made under the 2023 Plan after its expiration date, but awards made prior thereto may extend beyond that date.
The 2023 Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, dividend equivalent rights, and other awards which may be granted singly, in combination, or in tandem, and which may be paid in cash or shares of the Company’s Common Stock. Awards granted pursuant to the 2023 Plan will be evidenced by a written award agreement. The Committee will determine the terms of each award at the time of grant, including, without limitation, the number of shares subject to such award, the term of the award, the exercise price to be paid for the award (if applicable), the vesting and forfeiture conditions, the methods by or forms in which shares will be delivered to participants, the price to be paid for the award (if any), and any other terms and conditions applicable to such award.
On June 17, 2024, the Board of Directors approved the issuance of 21,122,239 fully-vested options to purchase shares of common stock to Chaim Hurvitz, the chairman of the Board of Directors.
The Board may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of the participants, alter, amend, revise, suspend or discontinue the 2023 Plan in whole or in part; provided, however, that (i) no amendment that requires shareholder approval in order for the 2023 Plan and any awards granted thereunder to continue to comply with Sections 421 and 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (including any successors to such sections, or other applicable law) or any applicable requirements of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock is listed or traded, shall be effective unless such amendment is approved by the requisite vote of the Company’s shareholders entitled to vote on the amendment; and (ii) unless required by law, no action by the Board regarding amendment or discontinuance of the 2023 Plan may adversely affect any rights of any participant or obligations of the Company to any participant with respect to any outstanding award under the 2023 Plan without the consent of the affected participant.
72
Commitments to Grant Stock Options
In addition to the stock option awards to be granted in substitution of stock options currently outstanding under the 2021 Plan, we currently have a commitment to issue options to purchase up to 0.5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock to Mr. Haddad, contingent on the Company achieving certain market capitalization targets.
Director Compensation
The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a non-employee member of our Board during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024. Other than as set forth in the table and described more below, and as set forth in the Summary Compensation Table with respect to our employee directors, we did not pay any compensation to, reimburse any expense of, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the other members of our Board in 2024.
| Name | Fees earned or paid in cash ($) | Stock awards ($) | Option awards ($)(1) | Non-equity incentive plan compensation ($) | Nonqualified deferred compensation earnings ($) | All other compensation ($) | Total ($) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Chaim Hurvitz | - | - | 170,920 | - | - | - | 170,920 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Chaim Ravad (2) | 55,000 | - | - | - | - | - | 55,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Yehuda Englander (3) | 33,942 | - | - | - | - | - | 33,942 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| (1) | In accordance with SEC rules, this column reflects the aggregate fair value of option awards granted during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, computed as of their respective grant dates in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 for share-based compensation transactions. The assumptions made in the valuation of the share-based payments are contained in Note 2 to our financial statements included in this prospectus. |
| (2) | On February 7, 2024, we entered into a consulting agreement (the “Ravad Consulting Agreement”) with Mr. Ravad, pursuant to which, in consideration for certain services provided as a board member, Mr. Ravad would receive a cash fee of $5,000 each month. The Ravad Consulting Agreement is terminable by either party upon 30 days written notice to the other party, and it will terminate automatically once Mr. Ravad has received fees in the aggregate amount of $55,000. |
| (3) | On June 1, 2022, Private Dror entered into a consulting agreement (the “Englander Consulting Agreement”) with Mr. Englander, pursuant to which, in consideration for certain financial and strategic consulting services, Mr. Englander receives a cash fee of NIS 3,500 + VAT each month and was also granted with options to purchase 2,610 Ordinary Shares of Private Dror, which options were exchanged for options to purchase 9,597,675 shares of Common Stock in connection with the Share Exchange and shall vest in three tranches on the first, second, and third anniversary of the date of the consulting agreement. The options are subject to accelerated vesting upon an exit event. |
Effective as of February 7, 2024, we entered into the First Amendment to the Englander Consulting Agreement with Mr. Englander, which provided that Mr. Englander’s monthly cash fee in respect of the services provided would be equal to $2,500 + VAT.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The table below sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2024 regarding the shares of our Common Stock available for grant or granted under stock option plans and other compensation arrangements that (i) were adopted by our stockholders and (ii) were not adopted by our stockholder.
| Plan Category | Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights | Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants, and rights | Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in common) | |||||||||
| Equity Compensation plans approved by stockholders (1) | 184,264,323 | $ | 0.0037 | 224,570,065 | ||||||||
| Equity Compensation plans not approved by stockholders | - | - | - | |||||||||
| Total | 184,264,323 | $ | 0.0037 | 224,570,065 | ||||||||
| (1) | Represents shares approved for issuance under the 2021 Plan and the 2023 Plan. All information in this table has been adjusted to give effect to the Share Exchange. |
73
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In addition to the compensation arrangements discussed under “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2023, to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved exceeds or will exceed the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of the Company’s total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We also describe below certain other transactions with our directors, executive officers and stockholders.
We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth below on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. It is our intention to ensure that all future transactions between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates are approved by our audit committee, once it has been formed and its members appointed, and a majority of the members of our Board, including a majority of the independent and disinterested members of our Board, and are on terms no less favorable to us than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.
On July 5, 2023, we entered into a Share Exchange Agreement (as amended by that certain Amendment to Share Exchange Agreement, dated August 14, 2023, the “Share Exchange Agreement”) with Private Dror and all shareholders of Private Dror, including Moshe Shvets, the Company’s Chief Technology Officer and director and each of (i) AIGH Investment Partners, LP (“AIGH LP”), and its affiliated entities, (ii) AIGH Investment Partners, LLC (“AIGH LLC”), (iii) WVP Emerging Manager Onshore Fund, LLC - AIGH Series (“WVP-AIGH”), and WVP Emerging Manager Onshore Fund, LLC - Optimized Equity Series (“WVP-OES” and, together with AIGH LP, AIGH LLC and WVP-AIGH, “AIGH”), which AIGH owns in the aggregate more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock. Pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement, on August 14, 2023, the shareholders of Private Dror transferred all of their ordinary shares in Private Dror to us in exchange for 7,576,999 newly issued shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), and 106,782,187 shares of our Common Stock. As a result of these share exchanges, Private Dror became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. In connection with the Share Exchange, pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, the Company sold shares of Common Stock and shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or a combination thereof, at an effective purchase price of $0.011 per share of Common Stock sold in the Private Placement or underlying such shares of Series A Preferred Stock and five-year warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.033 per share (“Private Placement Warrants”) in a private placement (the “Private Placement”), to certain purchasers, including Eliyahu Haddad, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and director, Moshe Shvets and AIGH, in a closing on August 14, 2023, and in a subsequent closing on September 13, 2023.
In connection with the Private Placement and the Share Exchange, we issued to (i) Mr. Haddad, shares of Series A Preferred Stock convertible into 4,545,454 shares of Common Stock, and Private Placement Warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 4,545,454 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.033 per share, (ii) AIGH shares of Series A Preferred Stock convertible into 305,454,385 shares of Common Stock, 40,000,000 shares of Common Stock and Private Placement Warrants to purchase 203,000,000 shares of Common Stock, (iii) Mr. Shvets shares of Series A Preferred Stock convertible into 69,162,094 shares of Common Stock, and Private Placement Warrants to purchase 26,141,712 shares of Common Stock.
Indemnification Agreements and Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance
We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (“Amended Charter”) and our Bylaws. Each indemnification agreement provides for indemnification and advancement by the Company of certain expenses and costs relating to claims, suits, or proceedings arising from service to the Company or, at its request, service to other entities to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.
74
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of voting securities as of July 14, 2025:
| ● | each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of outstanding shares of any class of our voting securities; |
| ● | each of our directors; |
| ● | each of our named executive officers; and |
| ● | all directors and executive officers as a group. |
Unless otherwise indicated below, beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she, or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock entitles the holder thereof to cast that number of votes per share of Series A Preferred Stock equal to the number of Conversion Shares into which such share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into pursuant to the Series A Preferred Stock’s Certificate of Designation (after giving effect to any applicable limitation on conversion under the Series A Preferred Stock’s Certificate of Designation).
The beneficial ownership percentages set forth in the following table are based on 956,997,116 shares of Common Stock and 5,847,937 shares of Preferred Stock outstanding as of July 14, 2025.
| Name of Beneficial Owner (1) | Number of Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned | Percent of Class | Number of Shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Beneficially Owned | Percent of Class | ||||||||||||
| 5% Stockholders | ||||||||||||||||
| AIGH Capital Management, LLC (2) | 95,662,500 | (3) | 9.99 | % | 2,584,544 | 44.20 | % | |||||||||
| Shirat Hachaim Ltd. | 68,922,239 | (4) | 7.05 | % | 114,150.79 | 1.95 | % | |||||||||
| Congregation Ahavas Tzdokah Vchesed Inc. | 61,667,440 | (5) | 6.44 | % | - | - | ||||||||||
| Moshe Bodner | 50,262,242 | (6) | 4.99 | % | 1,033,872.79 | 17.68 | % | |||||||||
| Directors and Named Executive Officers | ||||||||||||||||
| Eliyahu (Lee) Haddad | 105,056,623 | (7) | 9.93 | % | - | - | ||||||||||
| Moshe Shvets | 105,378,694 | (8) | 11.01 | % | 213,620.94 | 3.65 | % | |||||||||
| Chaim Hurvitz | 68,922,239 | (9) | 7.05 | % | 114,150.79 | 1.95 | % | |||||||||
| Chaim Ravad | 47,800,000 | (10) | 4.99 | % | 1,672,945.54 | 28.61 | % | |||||||||
| Yehuda Englander | 6,398,386 | (11) | * | - | - | |||||||||||
| All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (5 persons) | 333,555,942 | 29.19 | % | 200,071,727 | 34.21 | % | ||||||||||
| * | Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%. |
| (1) | Except as expressly noted in the footnotes below, beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act. The amounts set forth in this table reflect the application of various limitations on the exercise of certain warrants and the conversion of shares of Preferred Stock, including beneficial ownership limitations. |
75
Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each beneficial owner listed is c/o Dror Ortho-Design, Inc., Shatner 3, Jerusalem, Israel.
| (2) | Based on certain information made available to the Company and on the Schedule 13G/A filed jointly with the SEC on February 25, 2025, by Mr. Orin Hirschman and AIGH Capital Management, LLC (“AIGH CM”). AIGH CM, as an Advisor or Sub-Advisor of AIGH Investment Partners, L.P. (“AIGH LP”) and WVP Emerging Manager Onshore Fund, LLC - AIGH Series (“WVP-AIGH”), may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by AIGH LP and WVP-AIGH. Mr. Hirschman, as Managing Member of AIGH CM and president of AIGH Investment Partners, L.L.C (“AIGH LLC”), may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by AIGH CM and AIGH LLC. The principal business address of Mr. Hirschman and each such entity is 6006 Berkeley Avenue, Baltimore, MD 21209. |
| (3) | Represents (i) 77,000,000 shares of Common Stock held by AIGH LP, (ii) 113,000,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock (subject to a 9.99% beneficial ownership limitation) held by AIGH LP, (iii) 190,000,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of certain warrants (subject to a 9.99% beneficial ownership limitation) held by AIGH LP, (iv) 7,000,000 shares of Common Stock held by WVP-AIGH, (v) 40,000,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock (subject to a 9.99% beneficial ownership limitation) held by WVP-AIGH, (vi) 47,000,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of certain warrants (subject to a 9.99% beneficial ownership limitation) held by WVP-AIGH, (vii) 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock held by WVP-OES, (viii) 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock (subject to a 9.99% beneficial ownership limitation) held by WVP-OES, (ix) 13,000,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of certain warrants (subject to a 9.99% beneficial ownership limitation) held by WVP-OES, (x) 8,662,500 shares of Common Stock held by AIGH LLC, (xi) 95,454,385 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock (subject to a 9.99% beneficial ownership limitation) held by AIGH LLC, and (xii) 45,454,545 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of certain warrants (subject to a 9.99% beneficial ownership limitation) held by AIGH LLC. |
| (4) | Represents (i) 47,800,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) 21,122,239 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of certain options held by Mr. Hurvitz that were exercisable as of May 28, 2025, or will be exercisable within 60 days thereafter, (iii) 42,417,309 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of certain warrants held by Shirat Hachaim Ltd. (“Shirat Hachaim”) (subject to a 4.99% beneficial ownership limitation), and (iv) 11,415,079 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock (subject to a 4.99% beneficial ownership limitation) held by Shirat Hachaim. |
Mr. Hurvitz is the sole owner of Shirat Hachaim and has sole voting and dispositive power over shares held by Shirat Hachaim.
| (5) | Based on the Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on June 20, 2025, by Congregation Ahavas Tzdokah Vchesed Inc. Represents 61,667,440 shares of Common Stock. The principal business address of Congregation Ahavas Tzdokah Vchesed Inc. is 1347 42nd Street, Brooklyn, NY 11219. |
| (6) | Based on certain information available to the Company. Represents 103,387,279 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock (subject to a 4.99% beneficial ownership limitation). |
| (7) | Represents (i) 4,545,454 shares of Common Stock, (ii) 95,965,715 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of certain options held by Mr. Haddad that were exercisable as of July 14, 2025, or will be exercisable within 60 days thereafter, and (ii) 4,545,454 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of certain warrants held by Mr. Haddad (subject to a 9.99% beneficial ownership limitation). |
| (8) | Represents (i) 47,800,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) 57,578,694 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of certain options held by Mr. Shvets that were exercisable as of July 14, 2025, or will be exercisable within 60 days thereafter, and (iii) 26,141,712 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of certain warrants (subject to a 4.99% beneficial ownership limitation). |
| (9) | Represents (i) 47,800,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) 228,251,826 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of certain warrants (subject to a 4.99% beneficial ownership limitation), and (iii) 167,294,554 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock (subject to a 4.99% beneficial ownership limitation). |
| (10) | Represents 6,398,386 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options held by Mr. Englander that were exercisable as of July 14, 2025, or will be exercisable within 60 days thereafter. |
76
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following discussion is a summary of selected provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, second amended and restated bylaws and Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “DGCL”) as in effect on the date of this prospectus relating to us and our capital stock. This summary does not purport to be complete. This discussion is subject to the relevant provisions of Delaware law and is qualified by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our second amended and restated bylaws and the provisions of Delaware law. You should read the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our second amended and restated bylaws as currently in effect for provisions that may be important to you.
Authorized Capital Stock
We have authorized 3,266,975,740 shares of capital stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of which 3,254,475,740 are shares of Common Stock and 12,500,000 are shares of “blank check” preferred stock.
As of the date hereof, there are 956,997,116 shares of Common Stock outstanding.
Capital Stock Issued and Outstanding
We have issued and outstanding securities on a fully diluted basis as follows:
| ● | 956,997,116 shares of Common Stock, held by approximately 235 stockholders of record; |
| ● | 5,847,937 shares of Series A Preferred Stock; |
| ● | outstanding options to purchase up to an aggregate of 184,264,323 shares of Common Stock with a weighted average exercise price of approximately $0.0037 per share; and |
| ● | warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 975,288,919 shares of Common Stock with a weighted average exercise price of approximately $0.033 per share. |
Listing
Our Common Stock is currently approved for quotation on the OTC Pink Limited Market under the symbol “DROR.” As soon as practicable, and assuming we will satisfy all necessary initial listing requirements following the completion of this offering, we intend to apply to have our Common Stock listed for trading on NYSE American, although we cannot be certain that any such application will be approved. We will not proceed with this offering in the event that our Common Stock is not approved for listing on the NYSE American.
Common Stock
Pursuant to our Amended Charter, holders of our Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Holders of our Common Stock have no cumulative voting rights. All shares of our Common Stock validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
Holders of our Common Stock have no preemptive, redemption, conversion or subscription rights. No sinking fund provisions are applicable to our Common Stock. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, holders of our Common Stock are entitled to share in all assets remaining after payment of all liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any of our outstanding shares of preferred stock. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of our Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of our assets which are legally available. Such dividends, if any, are payable in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock.
77
A holders of one-third of the voting power of the stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of our stockholders. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, if there be one, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, will have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented.
Preferred Stock
Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 12,500,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional, or special rights as well as the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the Common Stock. Our board of directors, without stockholder approval, can issue convertible preferred stock with voting, conversion, or other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of Common Stock. Preferred stock could be issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change of control or make removal of management more difficult. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of decreasing the price at which our Common Stock is quoted for sale, and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of Common Stock.
Series A Preferred Stock
The terms of the Preferred Shares are as set forth in a Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations (the “Certificate of Designation”) filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as Annex A to the Amended Charter, which Certificate of Designation designated 12,500,000 shares out of the authorized but unissued shares of our preferred stock as Series A Preferred Stock with a stated value of $1.10 per share. There are 5,847,937 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. The following is a summary of the principal terms of the Series A Preferred Stock and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Certificate of Designation.
Dividends
The holders of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to dividends, on an as-if converted basis, equal to and in the same form as dividends actually paid on shares of Common Stock, when and if actually paid.
Voting Rights
The shares of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote with holders of the Common Stock on all matters that such holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote upon, in the same manner and with the same effect as the holders of Common Stock, voting together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the Holder thereof to cast that number of votes per share of Series A Preferred Stock equal to the number of Conversion Shares into which such share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into pursuant to the Certificate of Designation (after giving effect to any applicable limitation on conversion under the Certificate of Designation). As long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, we may not, without the approval of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (a) alter or change the powers, preferences or rights given to the Series A Preferred Stock, (b) alter or amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the Certificate of Designation, or our amended and restated bylaws in such a manner so as to materially adversely affect any rights given to the Series A Preferred Stock, (c) authorize or create any class of stock ranking as to dividends, redemption or distribution of assets upon a Liquidation (as defined below) senior to the Series A Preferred Stock, or (d) enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing.
Liquidation
Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation”), the then holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive out of the assets available for distribution to stockholders of the Company the same amount that a holder of Common Stock would receive if the Series A Preferred Stock were fully converted (disregarding for such purposes any conversion limitations hereunder) to Common Stock which amounts shall be paid pari passu with all holders of Common Stock.
78
Conversion
The Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into Common Stock at any time at a conversion price of $0.011, subject to adjustment for certain anti-dilution provisions set forth in the Series A Certificate of Designation (the “Series A Conversion Price”). Upon conversion the shares of Series A Preferred Stock will resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock of the Company.
Conversion at the Option of the Holder
The Series A Preferred Stock is convertible at the then-effective Series A Conversion Price at the option of the holder at any time and from time to time.
Automatic Conversion
On the trading day immediately following any day the Company is able to satisfy some or all of its reservation requirements pursuant to the Certificate of Designation (the “Automatic Conversion Time”), all, but not less than all, of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock for which Common Stock has been reserved will automatically convert, without any action on the part of the holder thereof and without payment of any additional consideration, into that number of shares of reserved Common Stock, determined by dividing the stated value of such share of Series A Preferred Stock by the Series A Conversion Price. The Company will provide prompt written notice to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the Automatic Conversion Time on the trading day immediately following the Automatic Conversion Time.
Beneficial Ownership Limitation
The Series A Preferred Stock cannot be converted to Common Stock if the holder and its affiliates would beneficially own more than 4.99% (or 9.99% at the election of the holder) of the outstanding Common Stock. However, any holder may increase or decrease such percentage to any other percentage not in excess of 9.99% upon notice to us, provided that any increase in this limitation will not be effective until 61 days after such notice from the holder to us and such increase or decrease will apply only to the holder providing such notice.
Preemptive Rights
No holders of Series A Preferred Stock will, as holders of Series A Preferred Stock, have any preemptive rights to purchase or subscribe for Common Stock or any of our other securities.
Redemption
The shares of Series A Preferred Stock are not redeemable by the Company.
Negative Covenants
As long as any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, unless the holders of more than 50% in stated value of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall have otherwise given prior written consent the Company shall not, subject to certain exceptions, (a) enter into, create, incur, assume, guarantee or suffer to exist any indebtedness, (b) enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any liens, (c) amend its organizational documents in any manner that materially and adversely affects any rights of the holders, (d) repay, repurchase or offer to repay, repurchase or otherwise acquire any shares of its Common Stock, Common Stock equivalents or junior securities, (e) enter into any transaction with any affiliate of the Company which would be required to be disclosed in any public filing with the SEC, unless such transaction is made on an arm’s-length basis and expressly approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Company, (f) declare or pay a dividend on junior securities or (g) enter into any agreement with respect to any of the foregoing.
79
Trading Market
There is no established trading market for any of the Series A Preferred Stock, and we do not expect a market to develop. We do not intend to apply for a listing for any of the Series A Preferred Stock on any securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system. Without an active trading market, the liquidity of the Series A Preferred Stock will be limited.
Private Placement Warrants and Share Exchange Warrants
In connection with the Private Placement and the Share Exchange, we issued to holders of Series A-4 Warrants and to the Private Placement Investors five-year Warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 964,834,419 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.033 per share. We are prohibited from effecting the exercise of any Warrant to the extent that as a result of such exercise the holder of the exercised Warrant beneficially owns more than 4.99% in the aggregate of the issued and outstanding shares of our Common Stock calculated immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our Common Stock upon the exercise of the Warrant. The Warrants contain provisions that protect their holders against dilution by adjustment of the purchase price in certain events such as stock dividends, stock splits and other similar events.
If at the time of a Warrant’s exercise there is no effective registration statement registering, or no current prospectus available for, the resale of the Warrant Shares, then the holder will have the right to exercise the Warrant by means of a cashless exercise. In addition, if (i) the volume-weighted average price of our Common Stock for 20 consecutive trading days is at least 300% of the exercise price of the Warrants, (ii) the dollar trading volume of our Common Stock for each trading day within such 20-day trading period equals or exceeds $500,000, (iii) a registration statement providing for the resale of the Warrant Shares is effective and such registration statement has been effective for six (6) months, (iv) the holder of the Warrant is not in possession of any information provided by the Company that constitutes material nonpublic information and (v) the Company has not breached any of the terms of the documents governing the Private Placement (regardless of if such breach has been cured), then we may redeem the Warrants at a price of $0.001 per Warrant up to one-half, in the aggregate, of the Warrants upon not less than 20 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each holder, subject to certain customary restrictions.
Potential Effects of Authorized but Unissued Stock
We have shares of Common Stock and preferred stock available for future issuance without stockholder approval. We may utilize these additional shares for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, to facilitate corporate acquisitions or payment as a dividend on the capital stock.
The existence of unissued and unreserved Common Stock and preferred stock may enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management or to issue preferred stock with terms that could render more difficult or discourage a third-party attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, thereby protecting the continuity of our company’s management. In addition, our board of directors has the discretion to determine designations, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of each series of preferred stock, all to the fullest extent permissible under the DGCL and subject to any limitations set forth in our Amended Charter. The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and to determine the rights and preferences applicable to such preferred stock is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible financings, acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third-party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from acquiring, a majority of our outstanding voting stock.
Dividend Policy
We currently intend to use all available funds to develop our business and do not anticipate that we will pay dividends in the future. We can give no assurances that we will ever have excess funds available to pay dividends.
80
Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and the DGCL
Amended Charter and Bylaws
Provisions of our Amended Charter and Bylaws may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our Common Stock. Among other things, our Amended Charter and Bylaws:
| ● | permit our board of directors to issue up to 12,500,000 shares of preferred stock, without further action by the stockholders, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in control; and |
| ● | do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose). |
Delaware Law
We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:
| ● | prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; |
| ● | the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (i) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or |
| ● | on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66⅔% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder. |
Section 203 defines a business combination to include:
| ● | any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; |
| ● | any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation; |
| ● | subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; or |
| ● | the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation. |
In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with, or controlling, or controlled by, the entity or person. The term “owner” is broadly defined to include any person that, individually, with or through that person’s affiliates or associates, among other things, beneficially owns the stock, or has the right to acquire the stock, whether or not the right is immediately exercisable, under any agreement or understanding or upon the exercise of warrants or options or otherwise or has the right to vote the stock under any agreement or understanding, or has an agreement or understanding with the beneficial owner of the stock for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of the stock.
The restrictions in Section 203 do not apply to corporations that have elected, in the manner provided in Section 203, not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL or, with certain exceptions, which do not have a class of voting stock that is listed on a national securities exchange or held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders. Our Amended Charter and Amended Bylaws do not opt out of Section 203.
Section 203 could delay or prohibit mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts with respect to us and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us even though such a transaction may offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their stock at a price above the price at which our Common Stock is quoted for sale.
81
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES WE ARE OFFERING
We are offering up to shares of our Common Stock. In addition, we are also offering Prefunded Warrants in lieu of shares of Common Stock to those investors whose purchase of shares of our Common Stock in this offering would result in the investor, together with its affiliates and certain related parties, beneficially owning more than 4.99% (or, at the election of the investor, 9.99%) of our outstanding Common Stock following the consummation of this offering. For each Prefunded Warrant we sell, the number of shares of Common Stock we are offering will be decreased on a one-for-one basis. We are also offering the shares of Common Stock issuable from time to time upon exercise of the Prefunded Warrants offered hereby.
Common Stock
The material terms and provisions of our Common Stock are described under the heading “Description of Securities” in this prospectus.
Prefunded Warrants
The following summary of certain terms and provisions of Prefunded Warrants that are being offered hereby is not complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the provisions of the Prefunded Warrant, the form of which is will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Prospective investors should carefully review the terms and provisions of the form of Prefunded Warrant for a complete description of the terms and conditions of the Prefunded Warrants.
Duration, Exercise Price and Form. Each Prefunded Warrant offered hereby will have an initial exercise price per share equal to $0.0001. The Prefunded Warrants will be immediately exercisable and may be exercised at any time until the Prefunded Warrants are exercised in full. The exercise price and number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise is subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations or similar events affecting our Common Stock and the exercise price. The Prefunded Warrants will be issued in certificated form only.
Exercisability. The Prefunded Warrants will be exercisable, at the option of each holder, in whole or in part, by delivering to us a duly executed exercise notice accompanied by payment in full for the number of shares of our Common Stock purchased upon such exercise (except in the case of a cashless exercise as discussed below). Purchasers of the Prefunded Warrants in this offering may elect to deliver their exercise notice following the pricing of the offering and prior to the issuance of the Prefunded Warrants at closing to have their Prefunded Warrants exercised immediately upon issuance and receive shares of Common Stock underlying the Prefunded Warrants upon closing of this offering. A holder (together with its affiliates) may not exercise any portion of the Prefunded Warrant to the extent that the holder would own more than 4.99% of the outstanding Common Stock immediately after exercise, except that upon at least 61 days’ prior notice from the holder to us, the holder may increase the amount of ownership of outstanding stock after exercising the holder’s Prefunded Warrants up to 9.99% of the number of shares of our Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the Prefunded Warrants. Purchasers of Prefunded Warrants in this offering may also elect prior to the issuance of the Prefunded Warrants to have the initial exercise limitation set at 9.99% of our outstanding Common Stock.
Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued in connection with the exercise of a Prefunded Warrant. In lieu of fractional shares, we will either round up to the nearest whole number or pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the exercise price.
Cashless Exercise. If, at the time a holder exercises its Prefunded Warrants, in lieu of making the cash payment otherwise contemplated to be made to us upon such exercise in payment of the aggregate exercise price, the holder may elect instead to receive upon such exercise (either in whole or in part) the net number of shares of Common Stock determined according to a formula set forth in the Prefunded Warrants.
82
Transferability. Subject to applicable laws, a Prefunded Warrant may be transferred at the option of the holder upon surrender of the Prefunded Warrant to us together with the appropriate instruments of transfer.
Exchange Listing. There is no trading market available for the Prefunded Warrants on any securities exchange or nationally recognized trading system. We do not intend to list the Prefunded Warrants on any securities exchange or nationally recognized trading system.
Right as a Stockholder. Except as otherwise provided in the Prefunded Warrants or by virtue of such holder’s ownership of shares of our Common Stock, the holders of the Prefunded Warrants do not have the rights or privileges of holders of our Common Stock, including any voting rights, until they exercise their Prefunded Warrants.
Fundamental Transaction. In the event of a fundamental transaction, as described in the Prefunded Warrants and generally including any reorganization, recapitalization or reclassification of our Common Stock, the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our properties or assets, our consolidation or merger with or into another person, the acquisition of greater than 50% of our outstanding Common Stock, or any person or group becoming the beneficial owner of greater than 50% of the voting power represented by our outstanding Common Stock, the holders of the Prefunded Warrants will be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Prefunded Warrants the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that the holders would have received had they exercised the Prefunded Warrants immediately prior to such fundamental transaction.
Underwriter Warrants
Upon the closing of this offering, we have agreed to issue to the underwriter, or its designees, warrants to purchase 141,414 shares of Common Stock. The Underwriter Warrants will be exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the offering price per share, or $6.1875. The Underwriter Warrants will be exercisable commencing on the date that is six months after closing of this offering, and will expire five years from the date of issuance. The Underwriter Warrants and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise thereof are being registered on the registration statement of which this prospectus supplement is a part. See “Underwriting - Underwriter Warrants” on page 88.
83
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, only a limited public market for our Common Stock existed on the OTC Pink Market. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our Common Stock or the availability of shares of our Common Stock for sale will have on the market price of our Common Stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our Common Stock in the public market after this offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.
Upon the closing of this offering, we estimate that we will have shares of our Common Stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option, assuming no sale of the Prefunded offered in this offering.
Sale of Restricted Securities
The shares of our Common Stock sold pursuant to this offering will be registered under the Securities Act, and therefore freely transferable, except for our affiliates. Our affiliates will be deemed to own “control” securities that are not registered for resale under the registration statement covering this prospectus. Individuals who may be considered our affiliates after this offering include individuals who control, are controlled by or are under common control with us, as those terms generally are interpreted for federal securities law purposes. These individuals may include some or all of our directors and executive officers. Individuals who are our affiliates are not permitted to resell their shares of our Common Stock unless such shares are separately registered under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available, such as Rule 144.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated), including an affiliate, who beneficially owns “restricted securities” (i.e., securities that are not registered by an effective registration statement) of a “reporting company” may not sell these securities until the person has beneficially owned them for at least six months. Thereafter, affiliates may not sell within any three-month period a number of shares in excess of the greater of: (i) 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock as shown by the most recent report or statement published by the issuer; and (ii) the average weekly reported trading volume in such securities during the four preceding calendar weeks.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates will also be subject to restrictions relating to manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us and may be affected only through unsolicited brokers’ transactions.
84
Persons not deemed to be affiliates who have beneficially owned “restricted securities” for at least six months but for less than one year may sell these securities, provided that current public information about the Company is “available,” which means that, on the date of sale, we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days and are current in our Exchange Act filings. After beneficially owning “restricted securities” for one year, our non-affiliates may engage in unlimited re-sales of such securities.
Shares received by our affiliates in this offering or upon exercise of stock options or upon vesting of other equity-linked awards may be “control securities” rather than “restricted securities.” “Control securities” are subject to the same volume limitations as “restricted securities” but are not subject to holding period requirements.
Rule 701
Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our Common Stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the Company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of the Company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701 and until expiration of the lock-up period described below.
Regulation S
Regulation S under the Securities Act provides that securities owned by any person may be sold without registration in the United States, provided that the sale is effected in an “offshore transaction” and no “directed selling efforts” are made in the United States (as these terms are defined in Regulation S) and subject to certain other conditions. In general, this means that our shares of Common Stock may be sold in some manner outside the United States without requiring registration in the United States.
Lock-Up Agreements
The Company, each of our directors and executive officers, and stockholders who beneficially own 10% or more of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock have agreed not to, subject to certain limited exceptions, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, or otherwise dispose of our Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our Common Stock, or to enter into any hedge or other arrangement or any transaction that transfers, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the shares of our Common Stock, in the case of the Company for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, and in the case of our directors and executive officers and our 10% and greater stockholders for a period of 180 days, after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of the underwriter. See “Underwriting-Lock-up Agreements.”
85
UNDERWRITING
Titan Partners Group LLC, a division of American Capital Partners, LLC, is acting as the representative of the underwriters of this offering (herein referred to as the “Representative”). We have entered into an underwriting agreement dated , 2025 with the Representative with respect to the securities subject to this offering.
| UNDERWRITER | NUMBER OF SHARES | NUMBER OF PREFUNDED WARRANTS | ||||||
| Titan Partners Group LLC, a division of American Capital Partners, LLC | ||||||||
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligation of the Representative to purchase the shares of Common Stock and Prefunded Warrants offered by us is subject to certain conditions. The Representative is obligated to purchase all of the shares of Common Stock and Prefunded Warrants offered hereby. The Representative is offering the securities, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by it, subject to approval of legal matters by its counsel, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement. The Representative reserves the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Over-Allotment Option
We have granted to the Representative an option, exercisable one or more times in whole or in part, not later than 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase from us up to an additional 303,030 shares of Common Stock (fifteen percent (15%) of the Common Stock and Prefunded Warrants offered by us in this offering), less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any. To the extent that the Representative exercises this option, each of the underwriters will become obligated, subject to conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of these additional shares of Common Stock as the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased by it in the above table bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock offered by this prospectus. We will be obligated, pursuant to the option, to sell these additional shares of Common Stock to the underwriters to the extent the option is exercised. If any additional shares of Common Stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares of Common Stock on the same terms as those on which the other shares of Common Stock are being offered hereunder. If this option is exercised in full, the total offering price to the public will be $ and the total net proceeds, before expenses and after the credit to the underwriting discounts and commissions described below, to us will be $10.3 million.
Discounts and Commissions; Expenses
The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and commissions and proceeds, before expenses, to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the Representative of the over-allotment option.
| Price Per Share |
Price Per Prefunded Warrant |
|||||||
| Public offering price | $ | $ | ||||||
| Underwriting discounts and commission (1) | $ | $ | ||||||
| Proceeds, before expenses, to us (2) | $ | $ | ||||||
| (1) | The underwriting discount is 7% of the gross proceeds received from the sale of the securities in this offering, subject to certain adjustments. |
| (2) | The amount of the offering proceeds to us presented in this table does not give effect to the exercise, if any, of the Underwriter Warrants. |
86
We have agreed to pay the Representative non-accountable expense allowance of 1% of the gross proceeds subject to certain adjustments.
We estimate that our total offering expenses for this offering, net of the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $1.4 million.
Discretionary Accounts
The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the securities offered hereby to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.
Indemnification
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
Lock-Up Agreements
We and our officers and directors, and the holders of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock prior to this offering, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days, after the closing of this offering, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our shares of Common Stock either owned as of the date of the underwriting agreement or thereafter acquired without the prior written consent of the Representative. The Representative may, in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the lock-up period, without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements.
Pricing of this Offering; Market Information
The public offering price was determined through negotiations between us and the Representative, and we cannot assure you that the shares of Common Stock can be resold at or above the public offering price.
In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors considered in determining the public offering price included the following:
| ● | the information included in this prospectus and otherwise available to the Representative; |
| ● | the valuation multiples of publicly-traded companies that the Representative believes to be comparable to us; |
| ● | our financial information; |
| ● | our prospects and the history and the prospects of the industry in which we compete; |
| ● | an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues; |
| ● | the present state of our development; and |
| ● | the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours. |
87
An active trading market for the shares of Common Stock may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering the shares of Common Stock will not trade in the public market at or above the public offering price.
Underwriter Warrants
Upon the closing of this offering, we have agreed to issue to the Representative, or its designees, warrants to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock equal to an aggregate of 7% of the total number of shares of Common Stock and Prefunded Warrants sold in this public offering. The Underwriter Warrants will be exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the offering price per share, or $6.1875. The Underwriter Warrants will be exercisable commencing on the date that is six months after closing of this offering, and will expire five years from the date of issuance. The Underwriter Warrants and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise thereof are being registered on the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
The Underwriter Warrants and the shares of Common Stock underlying the Underwriter Warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(e)(1) of FINRA. Neither the Representative nor its permitted assignees under such rule, may sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate the Underwriter Warrants or the securities underlying the Underwriter Warrants, nor will the Representative engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the Underwriter Warrants or the underlying shares for a period of 180 days from the date of commencement of sales in this offering.
Additionally, the Underwriter Warrants may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for a 180-day period following the date of commencement of sales in this offering, except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in this offering and their bona fide officers or partners. The Underwriter Warrants will provide for adjustment in the number and price of the Underwriter Warrants and the shares of Common Stock underlying such Underwriter Warrants in the event of recapitalization, merger, stock split or other structural transaction, or a future financing undertaken by us.
Tail Financing
The Representative shall be entitled to compensation with respect to any public or private offering or other financing or capital-raising transaction of any kind (“Tail Financing”) to the extent that such financing or capital is provided to us by investors the Representative has introduced to us in connection with this offering and had substantial engagement with the Representative during the term of the engagement, if such Tail Financing is consummated at any time within the 12 month period following the expiration or termination of the engagement letter between the Representative and us dated March 17, 2025. The Tail Financing shall be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(5), including that it may be terminated by us for cause, which shall be a material failure by the Representative to provide the services as contemplated by the engagement letter between us and the Representative or fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Representative.
NYSE American Listing
We plan to apply to list our shares of our Common Stock on NYSE American under the symbol “DROR.”
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
In connection with the offering, the Representative may engage in stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:
| ● | Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. |
88
| ● | Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the Common Stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. |
| ● | Penalty bids permit the underwriter to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the Common Stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions. |
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Common Stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Common Stock. As a result, the price of our Common Stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be discontinued at any time.
Neither we nor the Representative make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our shares of Common Stock. In addition, neither we nor the underwriter make any representation that the underwriter will engage in these transactions or that any transaction, if commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Other Relationships
From time to time, the underwriters may provide in the future various advisory, investment and commercial banking and other services to us in the ordinary course of business, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments. Except as disclosed in this prospectus, we have no present arrangements with the underwriters for any further services.
Offer Restrictions Outside the United States
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
Australia
This prospectus is not a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act. Accordingly, (i) the offer of the securities under this prospectus is only made to persons to whom it is lawful to offer the securities without disclosure under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act under one or more exemptions set out in section 708 of the Australian Corporations Act, (ii) this prospectus is made available in Australia only to those persons as set forth in clause (i) above, and (iii) the offeree must be sent a notice stating in substance that by accepting this offer, the offeree represents that the offeree is such a person as set forth in clause (i) above, and, unless permitted under the Australian Corporations Act, agrees not to sell or offer for sale within Australia any of the securities sold to the offeree within 12 months after its transfer to the offeree under this prospectus.
89
Canada
The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws. Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus supplement (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor. Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriter is not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
Cayman Islands
No invitation, whether directly or indirectly, may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands to subscribe for our securities.
European Economic Area - Belgium, Germany, Luxembourg and Netherlands
The information in this document has been prepared on the basis that all offers of securities will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Directive 2003/71/EC, the Prospectus Directive, as implemented in Member States of the European Economic Area (each, a Relevant Member State), from the requirement to produce a prospectus for offers of securities.
An offer to the public of securities has not been made, and may not be made, in a Relevant Member State except pursuant to one of the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive as implemented in that Relevant Member
State:
| ● | to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities; |
| ● | to any legal entity that has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during its last fiscal year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements) and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements); |
| ● | to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of us or any underwriter for any such offer; or |
| ● | in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive. |
France
This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offering of financial securities (offre au public de titres financiers) in France within the meaning of Article L.411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code Monétaire et Financier) and Articles 211-1 et seq. of the General Regulation of the French Autorité des marchés financiers (“AMF”). The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.
90
This document and any other offering material relating to the securities have not been, and will not be, submitted to the AMF for approval in France and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.
Such offers, sales and distributions have been and shall only be made in France to (i) qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-1 to D.411-3, D.744-1, D.754-1; and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation and/or (ii) a restricted number of non-qualified investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-4, D.744-1, D.754-1; and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation.
Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the General Regulation of the AMF, investors in France are informed that the securities cannot be distributed (directly or indirectly) to the public by the investors otherwise than in accordance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 to L.621-8-3 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.
Ireland
The information in this document does not constitute a prospectus under any Irish laws or regulations and this document has not been filed with or approved by any Irish regulatory authority as the information has not been prepared in the context of a public offering of securities in Ireland within the meaning of the Irish Prospectus (Directive 2003/71/EC) Regulations 2005, or the Prospectus Regulations. The securities have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly in Ireland by way of a public offering, except to (i) qualified investors as defined in Regulation 2(1) of the Prospectus Regulations and (ii) fewer than 100 natural or legal persons who are not qualified investors.
Israel
The securities offered hereunder may not be offered or sold to the public in Israel absent the publication of a prospectus that has been approved by the ISA. This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, and has not been filed with or approved by the ISA and the securities offered hereunder have not been registered for sale in Israel. In Israel, this document will be distributed only to, and directed only at, and any offer of the securities hereunder is directed only at, (i) a limited number of persons in accordance with the Israeli Securities Law and (ii) investors listed in the first addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, or the ISL Addendum, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the TASE, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the ISL Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as Israeli Qualified Investors (in each case, purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the ISL Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the ISL Addendum). Israeli Qualified Investors, if any, will be required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the ISL Addendum, are aware of the meaning of same and agree to it.
Italy
The offering of the securities in the Republic of Italy has not been authorized by the Italian Securities and Exchange Commission (Commissione Nazionale per le Society e la Borsa, “CONSOB” pursuant to the Italian securities legislation) and, accordingly, no offering material relating to the securities may be distributed in Italy and such securities may not be offered or sold in Italy in a public offer within the meaning of Article 1.1(t) of Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998 (“Decree No. 58”), other than:
| ● | to Italian qualified investors, as defined in Article 100 of Decree no.58 by reference to Article 34-ter of CONSOB Regulation no. 11971 of 14 May 1999 (“Regulation no. 11971”) as amended (“Qualified Investors”); and |
91
| ● | in other circumstances that are exempt from the rules on public offer pursuant to Article 100 of Decree No. 58 and Article 34-ter of Regulation No. 11971 as amended. |
| ● | Any offer, sale or delivery of the securities or distribution of any offer document relating to the securities in Italy (excluding placements where a Qualified Investor solicits an offer from the issuer) under the paragraphs above must be: |
| ● | made by investment firms, banks or financial intermediaries permitted to conduct such activities in Italy in accordance with Legislative Decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993 (as amended), Decree No. 58, CONSOB Regulation No. 16190 of 29 October 2007 and any other applicable laws; and |
| ● | in compliance with all relevant Italian securities, tax and exchange controls and any other applicable laws. |
Any subsequent distribution of the securities in Italy must be made in compliance with the public offer and prospectus requirement rules provided under Decree No. 58 and the Regulation No. 11971 as amended, unless an exception from those rules applies. Failure to comply with such rules may result in the sale of such securities being declared null and void and in the liability of the entity transferring the securities for any damages suffered by the investors.
Japan
The securities have not been and will not be registered under Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948), as amended (the “FIEL”) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements applicable to a private placement of securities to Qualified Institutional Investors (as defined in and in accordance with Article 2, paragraph 3 of the FIEL and the regulations promulgated thereunder). Accordingly, the securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan other than Qualified Institutional Investors. Any Qualified Institutional Investor who acquires securities may not resell them to any person in Japan that is not a Qualified Institutional Investor, and acquisition by any such person of securities is conditional upon the execution of an agreement to that effect.
Portugal
This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offer of financial securities (oferta publica de valores mobiliarios) in Portugal, within the meaning of Article 109 of the Portuguese Securities Code (Codigo dos Valores Mobiliarios). The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal. This document and any other offering material relating to the securities have not been, and will not be, submitted to the Portuguese Securities Market Commission (Comissao do Mercado de Valores Mobiliarios) for approval in Portugal and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to qualify as a public offer under the Portuguese Securities Code. Such offers, sales and distributions of securities in Portugal are limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Portuguese Securities Code). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.
Sweden
This document has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by Finansinspektionen (the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority). Accordingly, this document may not be made available, nor may the securities be offered for sale in Sweden, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to require a prospectus under the Swedish Financial Instruments Trading Act (1991:980) (Sw. lag (1991:980) om handel med finansiella instrument). Any offering of securities in Sweden is limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Financial Instruments Trading Act). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.
92
Switzerland
The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the securities may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA). This document is personal to the recipient only and not for general circulation in Switzerland.
United Arab Emirates
Neither this document nor the securities have been approved, disapproved or passed on in any way by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates, nor have we received authorization or licensing from the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates to market or sell the securities within the United Arab Emirates. This document does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of an offer or invitation. No services relating to the securities, including the receipt of applications and/or the allotment or redemption of such shares, may be rendered within the United Arab Emirates by us. No offer or invitation to subscribe for securities is valid or permitted in the Dubai International Financial Centre.
United Kingdom
Neither the information in this document nor any other document relating to the offer has been delivered for approval to the Financial Conduct Authority in the United Kingdom and no prospectus (within the meaning of section 85 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”) has been published or is intended to be published in respect of the securities. This document is issued on a confidential basis to “qualified investors” (within the meaning of section 86(7) of FSMA)) in the United Kingdom, and the securities may not be offered or sold in the United Kingdom by means of this document, any accompanying letter or any other document, except in circumstances which do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to section 86(1) FSMA. This document should not be distributed, published or reproduced, in whole or in part, nor may its contents be disclosed by recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom. Any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) received in connection with the issue or sale of the securities has only been communicated or caused to be communicated and will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in the United Kingdom in circumstances in which section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to us.
In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed at, persons (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within article 19(5) (investment professionals) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotions) Order 2005 (“FPO”), (ii) who fall within the categories of persons referred to in Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.) of the FPO or (iii) to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated (together “relevant persons”). The investments to which this document relates are available only to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
93
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Haynes and Boone, LLP. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Lucosky Brookman LLP.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of Dror Ortho-Design, Inc. for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023 included in this prospectus have been audited by Barzily & Co., an independent registered public accounting firm, and are included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We have also filed a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus is part of the registration statement, but does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement or the exhibits. For further information with respect to our company and the securities offered by this prospectus, as well as the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, we refer you to the registration statement, those exhibits and schedules. Our SEC filings are available to the public on the internet at a website maintained by the SEC located at http://www.sec.gov.
Our website address is www.zsmile.com. The information contained on, or that may be accessed through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.
94
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Table of Contents
F-1
DROR ORTHO-DESIGN, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(U.S. dollars)
| March 31, 2025 | December 31, 2024 | |||||||
| Unaudited | Audited | |||||||
| Assets | ||||||||
| Current Assets: | ||||||||
| Cash | $ | $ | ||||||
| Receivables and prepaid expenses | ||||||||
| Total Current Assets | ||||||||
| Non-current Assets: | ||||||||
| Property and equipment at cost, net of accumulated depreciation | ||||||||
| Total Assets | ||||||||
| Liabilities And Stockholders’ DEFICIT | ||||||||
| Current Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accounts payable | $ | $ | ||||||
| Accrued expenses and other payables | ||||||||
| Notes Payable | ||||||||
| Registration Rights Agreement liability | ||||||||
| Total Current Liabilities | ||||||||
| Non-current Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accrued severance | ||||||||
| Total Liabilities | ||||||||
| Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6) | ||||||||
| Stockholders’ Deficit | ||||||||
| Preferred A Stock, $ | ||||||||
| Common stock, $ | ||||||||
| Additional paid-in capital | ||||||||
| Accumulated deficit | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total Stockholders’ Deficit | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit | $ | $ | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-2
DROR ORTHO-DESIGN, INC.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(U.S. dollars)
| Three Months Ended | ||||||||
| March 31, 2025 |
March 31, 2024 |
|||||||
| Unaudited | ||||||||
| Operating Expenses | ||||||||
| Research and development | $ | $ | ||||||
| General and administrative expenses | ||||||||
| Share-based compensation | ||||||||
| Total Operating Expenses | ||||||||
| Loss from operations | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Financial income (expenses), net | ( |
) | ||||||
| Total other income | ( |
) | ||||||
| Loss before provision for income taxes | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Provision for income taxes | ||||||||
| Net loss | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | ||
| Net loss per Common Stock | ||||||||
| Basic and Diluted | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Weighted-average Common Stock outstanding | ||||||||
| Basic and Diluted | ||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-3
DROR ORTHO-DESIGN, INC.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(U.S. dollars)
(Unaudited)
| Series A Preferred Stock | Common Stock | Treasury Stock | Additional Paid-In | Accumulated | Total Stockholders’ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Deficit | Deficit | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at January 1, 2025 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | — | — | — | ( | ) | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at March 31, 2025 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at January 1, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | — | — | — | ( | ) | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at March 31, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-4
DROR ORTHO-DESIGN, INC.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(U.S. dollars)
| For the Three Months Ended March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| (Unaudited) | ||||||||
| Cash flows from operating activities: | ||||||||
| Net loss | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | ||||||||
| Depreciation | ||||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||
| Receivables and prepaid expenses | ||||||||
| Accounts payable | ( | ) | ||||||
| Accrued expenses and other payables | ( | ) | ||||||
| Accrued severance | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net cash used in operating activities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Cash flows from investing activities: | ||||||||
| Purchase of property and equipment | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net Cash flows from financing activities: | ||||||||
| Proceeds from loans | ||||||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities | ||||||||
| Net decrease in cash | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Cash, beginning of period | ||||||||
| Cash, end of period | $ | $ | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-5
DROR ORTHO-DESIGN LTD
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Note 1 – Organization and Basis of Presentation
Organization
Dror Ortho-Design, Inc, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), was incorporated as Novint Technologies, Inc. in the State of New Mexico in April 1999. On February 26, 2002, the Company changed its state of incorporation to Delaware by merging with Novint Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation. On August 14, 2023, following the Share Exchange (as defined below), the Company changed its name from “Novint Technologies, Inc.” to “Dror Ortho-Design, Inc.” Following the Share Exchange (as defined below), the Company succeeded the business of Dror Ortho-Design, Ltd. (“Private Dror”) as its sole line of business. The Company is involved in the research and development of an orthodontic alignment platform and has not yet reached the sales stage for its product.
The Company’s stock is quoted on the OTC Pink Market under the symbol “DROR.”
Reverse Recapitalization
On July 5, 2023, Private
Dror entered into a share exchange agreement with the Company, which was consummated on August 14, 2023 (the “Share Exchange”).
As a result of the Share Exchange, the shareholders of Private Dror (“Private Dror Shareholders”) exchanged all
The Share Exchange was accounted for as a recapitalization, with Private Dror deemed to be the accounting acquirer and the Company the accounting acquiree. Accordingly, Private Dror’s historical financial statements for periods prior to the consummation of the Share Exchange have become those of the registrant. Assets and liabilities and the historical operations reported for periods prior to the Share Exchange are those of Private Dror other than equity items. All references to Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, share and per share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the reverse recapitalization as if the transaction had taken place as of the beginning of the earliest period presented.
Pursuant to the Share Exchange,
the Company issued shares of its Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock to Private Dror’s stockholders, at an exchange ratio
of
As of August 14, 2023 the
fair value of the net liabilities of the Company was $
Going Concern and Management’s Plans
The financial statements are
presented on a going concern basis. The Company has not yet generated any revenues, has suffered recurring losses from operations with
an accumulated deficit of $
F-6
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared using accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S GAAP”) for interim financial information and the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 8 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all information or notes required by U.S. GAAP for annual consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024 included within the Company’s Current Report on Form 10-K, originally filed with the SEC on February 19, 2025.
In the opinion of management, the unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements included herein contain all adjustments necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position and the results of its operations and cash flows for the interim periods presented. Such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2025 may not be indicative of results for the full year.
Use of Estimates and Assumptions
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates or assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could vary from those estimates. Management utilizes various other estimates, including but not limited to accrued royalties, accrued expenses, the valuation of stock-based compensation, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and other contingencies. The results of any changes in accounting estimates are reflected in the financial statements in the period in which the changes become evident. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically and the effects of revisions are reflected in the period that they are determined to be necessary.
Functional Currency
The Company accounts for foreign
currency transactions pursuant to ASC 830, “Foreign Currency Matters.” The functional currency of the Company and its subsidiary
is the United States Dollar (“U.S. Dollar”) as the U.S. Dollar is the currency of the primary economic environment in which
the Company operates. The accompanying financial statements have been expressed in the U.S. Dollar. Transactions denominated in currencies
other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transaction.
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency
using the applicable exchange rates at the balance sheet dates. The resulting exchange differences are recorded in the statements of operations.
The exchange rate of the U.S. Dollar to the Israeli Shekel was
Cash
The Company’s cash is
held with financial institutions in the United States and Israel. Management believes that the financial institutions that hold the Company’s
cash are financially sound and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to these investments. Account balances held in the
Unites States may, at times, exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance limit. As of March 31, 2025
and December 31, 2024, the Company had $
F-7
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight–line method on the various asset classes, which currently consists of office equipment over their estimated useful lives of seven years when placed in service. The cost of repairs and maintenance is expensed as incurred; major replacements and improvements are capitalized. When assets are retired or disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gains or losses are included in income in the year of disposition.
Research and Development
The Company expenses all research and development costs as they are incurred. Research and development includes, but is not limited to, expenditures in connection with in-house research and development as well as proprietary products and technology, and includes salaries and related costs, consulting fees, and professional services.
Share–based compensation
The Company applies ASC 718-10, “Share- Based Payment,” which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expenses for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors including employee stock options under the Company’s stock plans and equity awards issued to non-employees based on estimated fair values.
ASC 718-10 requires companies to estimate the fair value of equity-based option awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The fair value of the award is recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods in the Company’s statement of operations.
The fair value of an option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The Black–Scholes option valuation model requires the development of assumptions that are inputs into the model. These assumptions are the expected stock volatility, the risk–free interest rate, the expected life of the option, the dividend yield on the underlying stock and the expected forfeiture rate. Since the Company does not have sufficient historical data regarding its volatility of its common stock, the expected volatility used is based on volatility of similar publicly listed companies in comparable industries. Risk-free interest rates are calculated based on continuously compounded risk–free rates for the appropriate term.
Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of equity–based payment awards require the input of the subjective assumptions described above. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of equity–based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment.
Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Common Stock
The Company computes net loss per share in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share,” which requires presentation of both basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) on the face of the income statement. Basic loss per share of Common Stock is computed by dividing the loss for the period applicable to holders of Common Stock by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per shares of Common Stock is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding for the period and, if dilutive, potential shares of Common Stock outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive securities consist of the incremental shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Common Stock equivalents such as stock options, warrants and convertible debt instruments. Potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the computation if their effect is anti-dilutive. As a result, the basic and diluted per share amounts for all periods presented are identical.
F-8
For the three months ended
March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company incurred net losses which cannot be diluted; therefore, basic and diluted loss per share of Common
Stock is the same. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into
| March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Series A Preferred Stock | ||||||||
| Warrants | ||||||||
| Stock Options | ||||||||
| Shares excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share | ||||||||
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, “Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures” to require more detailed information about specified categories of expenses (purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation, amortization, and depletion) included in certain expense captions presented on the face of the income statement. ASU 2024-03 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026 and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments may be applied either (1) prospectively to financial statements issued for reporting periods after the effective date of this ASU or (2) retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance on its condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures related to improvements to income tax disclosures. The amendments in this update require enhanced jurisdictional and other disaggregated disclosures for the effective tax rate reconciliation and income taxes paid. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07 “Segment Reporting: Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures”. This guidance expands public entities’ segment disclosures primarily by requiring disclosure of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker and included within each reported measure of segment profit or loss, an amount and description of its composition for other segment items, and interim disclosures of a reportable segment’s profit or loss and assets. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The amendments are required to be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented in an entity’s financial statements. The adoption of the ASU did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements related disclosures.
In October 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-06 “Disclosure Improvements: Codification Amendments in Response to the SEC’s Disclosure Update and Simplification Initiative,” which incorporates certain SEC disclosure requirements into the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”). The amendments in the ASU are expected to clarify or improve disclosure and presentation requirements of a variety of Codification topics, allow investors to more easily compare entities subject to the SEC’s existing disclosures with those entities that were not previously subject to the requirements, and align the requirements in the Codification with the SEC’s regulations. The effective date for each amendment will be the date on which the SEC’s removal of that related disclosure from Regulation S-X or Regulation S-K becomes effective, with early adoption prohibited. The amendments in this ASU should be applied prospectively. The Company does not expect ASU 2023-06 will have a material impact to its consolidated financial statements or related disclosures.
The Company does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
F-9
NOTE 3 – REGISTRATIONS RIGHTS AGREEMENT LIABILITY:
In connection with the Private
Placement, on August 14, 2023, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement with the Private Placement Investors (together
with all attachments and exhibits thereto, as each may be amended or modified from time to time, the “Registration Rights Agreement”),
pursuant to which the Company agreed to register, among other registrable securities (as further described in the Registration Rights
Agreement), on Form S-1 (or, if the Company is then eligible, on Form S-3) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”):
(i) the Private Placement Shares, (ii) the shares of Common Stock underlying the shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Conversion
Shares”), (iii) the shares of Common Stock underlying the Private Placement Warrants issued to the Private Placement Investors (the
“Warrant Shares”), and (iv) the shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the securities issued to the investors
who, on or about December 6, 2021, participated in the $
Under the Registration Rights
Agreement, among other things, if a registration statement registering the resale of the Registrable Securities is not filed by the 45th
calendar date following the date of the Registration Rights Agreement and if such registration statement is not declared effective by
the SEC by the 135th calendar day (or, in the event of a “full review” by the SEC, the 165th calendar day) following the date
of the Registration Rights Agreement, then the Company was required to pay as partial liquidated damages in amount equal to the product
of
Pursuant to Section 6(e) of
the Registration Rights Agreement, the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement may be amended by obtaining the written consent
of the Company and the Private Placement Investors holding
NOTE 4 – ACCRUED SEVERANCE
Israeli law generally requires payment of severance pay upon dismissal of an employee or upon termination of employment in certain other circumstances. The Israel pension and severance pay liability to employees are partially covered by regular deposits with recognized pension and severance pay funds under the employees’ names and through the purchase of insurance policies. The deposits presented in the balance sheet include profits accumulated to the balance sheet date. The amounts funded as above are not reflected in the balance sheet since they are not under the control and management of the Company. Although certain employees have waived their rights to receive severance pay on a portion of their salaries, the Company has recorded a provision for the full amount that would have been required under Israeli labor law.
NOTE 5 – NOTES PAYABLE
During the three months ended
March 31, 2025, the Company received $
F-10
NOTE 6 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Israel Innovation Authority
The Company partially financed
their research and development expenditures under grant programs sponsored by the Israel Innovation Authority (“IIA”) (formerly
the Office of Chief Scientist) for the support of research and development activities conducted in Israel. At the time the grants were
received from the IIA, successful development of the related projects was not assured. In exchange for participation in the programs by
the IIA, in accordance with the terms of the grant, the Company is required to pay
Legal proceedings
From time to time in the normal course of business, the Company may be subject to routine litigation incidental to its business. Although there can be no assurances as to the ultimate disposition of any such matters, it is the opinion of management, based upon the information available at this time, that there are no matters, individually or in the aggregate, that would have a material adverse effect on the results of operations and financial condition of the Company.
War in Israel
In October 2023, Israel was attacked by a terrorist organization and entered a state of war. As of the date of these consolidated financial statements, the war in Israel is ongoing and continues to evolve. The Company’s research and development activities are located in Israel. Currently, such activities in Israel remain largely unaffected. During the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the impact of this war on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition was immaterial. Management will continue to monitor the effect of the war on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
NOTE 7 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Common Stock
On December 28, 2023, the
Company’s stockholders approved the adoption of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Restated
Charter”) and an amendment to the Restated Charter to increase the number of authorized shares of the Common Stock from
Holders of the Company’s Common Stock have no preemptive, redemption, conversion or subscription rights. No sinking fund provisions are applicable to the Company’s Common Stock. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, holders of the Company’s Common Stock are entitled to share in all assets remaining after payment of all liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any of the Company’s outstanding shares of preferred stock. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of the Company’s assets which are legally available. Such dividends, if any, are payable in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock.
F-11
Warrants
On August 14, 2023, the Company
issued warrants to purchase up to
The outstanding Warrants expire
five years from the initial exercise date and are exercisable at an exercise price of $
On April 17, 2024, the Board
of Directors approved the issuance of warrants to purchase
If at the time of the Warrant’s
exercise there is no effective registration statement registering, or no current prospectus available for, the resale of the shares of
Common Stock underlying the Warrants, then the holders will have the right to exercise the Warrants by means of a cashless exercise. In
addition, if (i) the volume-weighted average price of the Company’s Common Stock for
Equity Incentive Plan
Prior to the Share Exchange,
there were
The Company treated the exchange
of the original options for the new options as a modification in accordance with ASC 718. The Company calculated the fair value of the
original options prior to the Share Exchange and the fair value of the new options at the time of the Share Exchange. The increase in
value due to the modification was $
On June 17, 2024, the Board of Directors approved
the issuance of
Stock-based compensation expense
for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 amounted to $
F-12
NOTE 8 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Director Consulting Services
On June 1, 2022, the Company
entered into a consulting agreement with Yehuda Englander, a director of the Company (the “Consulting Agreement”), pursuant
to which, in consideration for certain financial and strategic consulting services, Mr. Englander is entitled to a cash fee of NIS
On February 7, 2024, the Company
entered into a consulting agreement with Chaim Ravad, a director of the Company (the “Ravad Consulting Agreement”), pursuant
to which, in consideration for certain services provided as a board member, Mr. Ravad was entitled to a cash fee of $
Shareholder Consulting Services
On August 8, 2023, the Company
entered into a consulting agreement with Oriole, an entity owned by Yaacov Bodner, an owner of
NOTE 9 – SEGMENT REPORTING:
ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”
establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments on a basis consistent with the Company’s internal organization
structure as well as information about services categories, business segments and major customers in financial statements. The Company
has only
The Company adheres to the provisions of ASC 280, Segment Reporting, which establishes standards for the way public business enterprises report information about operating segments in annual financial statements and requires that those enterprises report selected information about operating segments in financial statements issued to shareholders. As the Company is currently involved in the development of one product, the Platform, the Company has determined that it operates in a single reportable segment. The Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM), its Chief Executive Officer (CEO), reviews the consolidated results of operations when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing the performance of the Company as a whole and, hence, the Company has only one reportable segment. The Company’s assets are located in Israel.
NOTE 10 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
None
F-13
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Dror Ortho-Design Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dror Ortho-Design Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficiency), and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Going Concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and is dependent upon external sources for financing its operations. These matters, among others, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. As described in note 1 to the financial statements, the Company is exploring additional fundraising opportunities. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
Critical audit matters are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the board of directors and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. We determined that there are no critical audit matters.
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2023.
/s/ Barzily and Co.
Jerusalem, Israel
February 19, 2025
F-14
DROR ORTHO-DESIGN, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(U.S. dollars)
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
| Assets | ||||||||
| Current Assets: | ||||||||
| Cash | $ | $ | ||||||
| Receivables and prepaid expenses | ||||||||
| Total Current Assets | ||||||||
| Non-current Assets: | ||||||||
| Property and equipment at cost, net of accumulated depreciation | ||||||||
| Total Assets | ||||||||
| Liabilities And Stockholders’ Equity (DEFICIENCY) | ||||||||
| Current Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accounts payable | $ | $ | ||||||
| Accrued expenses and other payables | ||||||||
| Registration Rights Agreement liability | ||||||||
| Total Current Liabilities | ||||||||
| Non-current Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accrued severance | ||||||||
| Total Liabilities | ||||||||
| Commitments and Contingencies (Note 10) | ||||||||
| Stockholders’ Equity | ||||||||
| Preferred A Stock, $ | ||||||||
| Common stock, $ | ||||||||
| Additional paid-in capital | ||||||||
| Accumulated deficit | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency) | $ | $ | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-15
DROR ORTHO-DESIGN INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(U.S. dollars)
| Year Ended | ||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
| Operating Expenses | ||||||||
| Research and development | $ | $ | ||||||
| General and administrative expenses | ||||||||
| Share-based compensation | ||||||||
| Total Operating Expenses | ||||||||
| Loss from operations | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Financial income (expense), net | ( | ) | ||||||
| Gain on retirement of royalty accrual | ||||||||
| Registration Rights Agreement expense | ( | ) | ||||||
| Total other income (expense) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Loss before provision for income taxes | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Provision for income taxes | ||||||||
| Net loss | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Net loss per common share | ||||||||
| Basic and Diluted | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Weighted-average common shares outstanding | ||||||||
| Basic and Diluted* | ||||||||
| * |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-16
DROR ORTHO-DESIGN INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
(U.S. dollars)
| Series
A Preferred Stock | Common Stock | Treasury Stock | Additional Paid-In | Accumulated | Total Stockholders’ Equity | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares* | Amount | Shares* | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Deficit | (Deficiency) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at January 1, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Conversion of Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock | ( | ) | ( | ) | — | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | — | — | — | ( | ) | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at January 1, 2023 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Return of founders shares to the Company as part of claim settlement | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Private Placement Investment, net of issuance costs ($571,796) | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Settlement of Treasury Stock prior to recapitalization | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Reverse re-capitalization | — | ( | ) | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | — | — | — | ( | ) | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2023 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| * |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-17
DROR ORTHO-DESIGN INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(U.S. dollars)
| For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Cash flows from operating activities: | ||||||||
| Net loss | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities | ||||||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | ||||||||
| Gain on retirement of royalty accrual | ( | ) | ||||||
| Depreciation | ||||||||
| Foreign exchange differences | ( | ) | ||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||
| Receivables and prepaid expenses | ( | ) | ||||||
| Accounts payable | ||||||||
| Accrued expenses and other payables | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Registration Rights Agreement liability | ||||||||
| Founders claim accrual | ( | ) | ||||||
| Accrued royalties | ||||||||
| Accrued severance | ||||||||
| Net cash used in operating activities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Cash flows from investing activities: | ||||||||
| Cash acquired in reverse recapitalization | ||||||||
| Purchase of property and equipment | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities | ( | ) | ||||||
| Cash flows from financing activities: | ||||||||
| Proceeds from private placement raise | ||||||||
| Issuance costs | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities | ||||||||
| Effect of exchange rate changes on cash | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net increase (decrease) in cash | ( | ) | ||||||
| Cash, beginning of year | ||||||||
| Cash, end of year | $ | $ | ||||||
| Supplemental cash flow information: | ||||||||
| Cash paid for interest | $ | $ | ||||||
| Cash paid for taxes | $ | $ | ||||||
| Non-cash activities: | ||||||||
| Shares issued at reverse recapitalization | $ | $ | ||||||
| Net liabilities assumed in reverse recapitalization | $ | $ | ||||||
| Return of founders shares to the Company as part of claim settlement | $ | |||||||
| Settlement of Treasury Stock prior to recapitalization | $ | |||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-18
DROR ORTHO-DESIGN INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Organization
Dror Ortho-Design, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) was incorporated as Novint Technologies, Inc. in the State of New Mexico in April 1999. On February 26, 2002, the Company changed its state of incorporation to Delaware by merging with Novint Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation. On August 14, 2023, following a share exchange agreement, the Company changed its name from “Novint Technologies, Inc.” to “Dror Ortho-Design, Inc.”. Following the Share Exchange (as defined below), the Company succeeded the business of Dror Ortho-Design, Ltd. (“Private Dror”) as its sole line of business. The Company is involved in the research and development of an orthodontic alignment platform and has not yet reached the sales stage for its product.
The Company’s stock is quoted on the OTC Pink Market under the symbol “DROR.”
Reverse Recapitalization
On July 5, 2023, Private Dror entered into a
share exchange agreement with the Company and on August 14, 2023 the share exchange was consummated (the “Share Exchange”).
As a result of the Share Exchange, the shareholders of Private Dror exchanged all
The Share Exchange was accounted for as a recapitalization, with Private Dror deemed to be the accounting acquirer, and the Company the accounting acquiree. Accordingly, Private Dror’s historical financial statements for periods prior to the consummation of the Share Exchange have become those of the registrant. Assets and liabilities and the historical operations reported for periods prior to the Share Exchange are those of Private Dror other than equity items. All references to common stock, preferred stock, share and per share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the reverse recapitalization as if the transaction had taken place as of the beginning of the earliest period presented.
Pursuant to the Share Exchange, the Company issued
shares of its common stock and Series A Preferred Stock to Private Dror’s stockholders, at an exchange ratio of
As of August 14, 2023 the fair value of the net
liabilities of the Company was $
Going Concern and Management’s Plans
The
financial statements are presented on a going concern basis. The Company has not yet generated any material revenues, has suffered recurring
losses from operations with an accumulated deficit of $
F-19
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and applicable rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).
As the Company completed a reverse recapitalization on August 14, 2023, the financial information for the periods prior to the reverse recapitalization reflect those of Private Dror. From August 14, 2023 forward, the financial information presented is the consolidated financial information of the Company and its subsidiary.
Use of Estimates and Assumptions
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates or assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could vary from those estimates. Management utilizes various other estimates, including but not limited to Registration Rights Agreement liability, accrued royalties, accrued expenses, the valuation of stock-based compensation, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and other contingencies. The results of any changes in accounting estimates are reflected in the financial statements in the period in which the changes become evident. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the period that they are determined to be necessary.
Functional Currency
The Company accounts for foreign currency transactions
pursuant to ASC 830, “Foreign Currency Matters”. The functional currency of the Company and its subsidiary is the United
States Dollar (“US$”) as the U.S. dollar is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates.
The accompanying financial statements have been expressed in US$. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency
are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities
denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency using the applicable exchange
rates at the balance sheet dates. The resulting exchange differences are recorded in the statements of operations. The exchange rate
of the US Dollar to the Israeli Shekel was
Cash
The Company’s cash is held with financial
institutions in the United States and Israel. Management believes that the financial institutions that hold the Company’s cash
are financially sound and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to these investments. Account balances held in the Unites
States may, at times, exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance limit. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the
Company had $
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight–line method on the various asset classes, which currently consists of office equipment over their estimated useful lives of seven years when placed in service. The cost of repairs and maintenance is expensed as incurred; major replacements and improvements are capitalized. When assets are retired or disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gains or losses are included in income in the year of disposition.
F-20
Research and Development
The Company expenses all research and development costs as they are incurred. Research and development includes expenditures in connection with in-house research and development as well as proprietary products and technology, and includes salaries and related costs, consulting fees, and professional services.
Share–based compensation
The Company applies ASC 718-10, “Share- Based Payment,” which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expenses for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors including employee stock options under the Company’s stock plans and equity awards issued to non-employees based on estimated fair values.
ASC 718-10 requires companies to estimate the fair value of equity-based option awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The fair value of the award is recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods in the Company’s statement of operations.
The fair value of an option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black–Scholes option valuation model. The Black–Scholes option valuation model requires the development of assumptions that are inputs into the model. These assumptions are the expected stock volatility, the risk–free interest rate, the expected life of the option, the dividend yield on the underlying stock and the expected forfeiture rate. Since the Company does not have sufficient historical data regarding its volatility of its common stock, the expected volatility used is based on volatility of similar publicly listed companies in comparable industries. Risk–free interest rates are calculated based on continuously compounded risk–free rates for the appropriate term.
Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of equity–based payment awards require the input of the subjective assumptions described above. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of equity–based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset-and-liability method in accordance with ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes”. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on the deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded if it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods.
The Company follows the guidance in ASC Topic
740-10 in assessing uncertain tax positions. The standard applies to all tax positions and clarifies the recognition of tax benefits
in the financial statements by providing for a two-step approach of recognition and measurement. The first step involves assessing whether
the tax position is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination based upon its technical merits. The second step involves measurement
of the amount to be recognized. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not threshold are measured at the largest amount of tax
benefit that is greater than
F-21
Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Common Share
The Company computes net loss per share in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share” which requires presentation of both basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) on the face of the income statement. Basic loss per ordinary share is computed by dividing the loss for the period applicable to common shareholders, by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per common share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period and, if dilutive, potential common shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive securities consist of the incremental common shares issuable upon exercise of common stock equivalents such as stock options, warrants and convertible debt instruments. Potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the computation if their effect is anti-dilutive. As a result, the basic and diluted per share amounts for all periods presented are identical.
For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023,
the Company incurred net losses which cannot be diluted; therefore, basic and diluted loss per common share is the same. Each Series
A Preferred Stock is convertible into
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Preferred Shares | ||||||||
| Warrants | ||||||||
| Stock Options | ||||||||
| Shares excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share | ||||||||
Reclassification
General and administrative expenses amounting
to $
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, “Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures” to require more detailed information about specified categories of expenses (purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation, amortization, and depletion) included in certain expense captions presented on the face of the income statement. ASU 2024-03is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026 and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments may be applied either (1) prospectively to financial statements issued for reporting periods after the effective date of this ASU or (2) retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance on its condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures related to improvements to income tax disclosures. The amendments in this update require enhanced jurisdictional and other disaggregated disclosures for the effective tax rate reconciliation and income taxes paid. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
F-22
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07 “Segment Reporting: Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures”. This guidance expands public entities’ segment disclosures primarily by requiring disclosure of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker and included within each reported measure of segment profit or loss, an amount and description of its composition for other segment items, and interim disclosures of a reportable segment’s profit or loss and assets. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The amendments are required to be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented in an entity’s financial statements. The adoption of the ASU did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements related disclosures (See Note 17).
In October 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-06 “Disclosure Improvements: Codification Amendments in Response to the SEC’s Disclosure Update and Simplification Initiative,” which incorporates certain SEC disclosure requirements into the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”). The amendments in the ASU are expected to clarify or improve disclosure and presentation requirements of a variety of Codification topics, allow investors to more easily compare entities subject to the SEC’s existing disclosures with those entities that were not previously subject to the requirements, and align the requirements in the Codification with the SEC’s regulations. The effective date for each amendment will be the date on which the SEC’s removal of that related disclosure from Regulation S-X or Regulation S-K becomes effective, with early adoption prohibited. The amendments in this ASU should be applied prospectively. The Company does not expect ASU 2023-06 will have a material impact to its consolidated financial statements or related disclosures.
NOTE 3 – RECEIVABLES AND PREPAID EXPENSES:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| VAT receivable | $ | |||||||
| Prepaid expenses | ||||||||
| Other assets | ||||||||
| $ | ||||||||
NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Equipment and furniture | $ | |||||||
| Less accumulated depreciation | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Property and equipment, net | $ | |||||||
Depreciation expense was $
NOTE 5 – ACCRUED EXPENSES:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Salary and related expenses | $ | |||||||
| Accrued audit fees | ||||||||
| Accrued legal fees | ||||||||
| Accrued consulting fees | ||||||||
| Other expenses | ||||||||
| $ | ||||||||
F-23
NOTE 6 – REGISTRATIONS RIGHTS AGREEMENT LIABILITY:
In connection with the Private Placement, on
August 14, 2023, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement with the Private Placement Investors (together with all attachments
and exhibits thereto, as each may be amended or modified from time to time, the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant
to which the Company agreed to register, among other registrable securities (as further described in the Registration Rights Agreement),
on Form S-1 (or, if the Company is then eligible, on Form S-3) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”): (i)
the Private Placement Shares, (ii) the shares of Common Stock underlying the shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Conversion
Shares”), (iii) the shares of Common Stock underlying the Private Placement Warrants issued to the Private Placement Investors
(the “Warrant Shares”), and (iv) the shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the securities issued to the investors
who, on or about December 6, 2021, participated in the $
Under the Registration Rights Agreement, among
other things, if a registration statement registering the resale of the Registrable Securities is not filed by the 45th calendar date
following the date of the Registration Rights Agreement and if such registration statement is not declared effective by the SEC by the
135th calendar day (or, in the event of a “full review” by the SEC, the 165th calendar day) following the date of the Registration
Rights Agreement, then the Company was required to pay as partial liquidated damages in amount equal to the product of
Pursuant
to Section 6(e) of the Registration Rights Agreement, the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement may be amended by obtaining
the written consent of the Company and the Private Placement Investors holding
NOTE 7 – FOUNDERS CLAIM ACCRUAL:
The Company recorded a provision in respect of
a claim made against Private Dror by its founders. The claim related to amounts claimed as a repayment of loan balances and other amounts
including salary and benefit related balances. In January 2023, Private Dror signed an agreement with the founders, settling all-outstanding
claims at $
F-24
NOTE 8 – ACCRUED ROYALTIES:
Accrued royalties related to the Company’s
licensing agreements with various parties that provided gaming software to the Company. These licensing agreements contain obligations
to pay royalty fees ranging from
NOTE 9 – ACCRUED SEVERANCE:
Israeli law generally requires payment of severance pay upon dismissal of an employee or upon termination of employment in certain other circumstances. The Israel pension and severance pay liability to employees are covered mainly by regular deposits with recognized pension and severance pay funds under the employees’ names and through the purchase of insurance policies. The deposits presented in the balance sheet include profits accumulated to the balance sheet date. The amounts funded as above are not reflected in the balance sheet since they are not under the control and management of the Company. Although certain employees have waived their rights to receive severance pay on a portion of their salaries, the Company has recorded a provision for the full amount that would have been required under Israeli labor law.
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Severance liability | $ | |||||||
| Funded portion | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Severance liability, net of funded portion | $ | |||||||
NOTE 10 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
Israel Innovation Authority
The Company partially financed their research
and development expenditures under grant programs sponsored by the Israel Innovation Authority (“IIA”) (formerly the Office
of Chief Scientist) for the support of research and development activities conducted in Israel. At the time the grants were received
from the IIA, successful development of the related projects was not assured. In exchange for participation in the programs by the IIA,
in accordance with the terms of the grant, the Company is required to pay
F-25
Legal proceedings
From time to time in the normal course of business, the Company may be subject to routine litigation incidental to its business. Although there can be no assurances as to the ultimate disposition of any such matters, it is the opinion of management, based upon the information available at this time, that there are no matters, individually or in the aggregate, that would have a material adverse effect on the results of operations and financial condition of the Company.
War in Israel
In October 2023, Israel was attacked by a terrorist organization and entered a state of war. As of the date of these consolidated financial statements, the war in Israel is ongoing and continues to evolve. The Company’s research and development activities are located in Israel. Currently, such activities in Israel remain largely unaffected. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the impact of this war on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition was immaterial. Management will continue to monitor the effect of the war on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
NOTE 11 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
All references to common stock, share and per share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the reverse recapitalization as if the transaction had taken place as of the beginning of the earliest period presented.
Common Stock
On January 4, 2024, the Company filed its Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which provided for the number of authorized shares of the Company’s common stock, par
value $
Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, redemption, conversion or subscription rights. No sinking fund provisions are applicable to our common stock. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share in all assets remaining after payment of all liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any of our outstanding shares of preferred stock. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of our assets which are legally available. Such dividends, if any, are payable in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock.
As part of the Private Dror founders claim settlement
agreement (see Note 7),
Pursuant to the terms of the Share Exchange,
the Company raised $
Transaction expenses relating to the private
placement funding and for the Share Exchange totaled $
F-26
Preferred Stock
The Company is authorized to issue up to
The following is a summary of the principal terms of the Series A Preferred Stock as set forth in the Certificate of Designation.
Conversion
The Series A Preferred Stock has a Stated Value
of $
Dividends
The holders of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to dividends, on an as-if converted basis, equal to and in the same form as dividends actually paid on shares of common stock, when and if actually paid.
Voting Rights
The shareholders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote with holders of the Company’s common stock, on all matters that such holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote upon, in the same manner and with the same effect as the holders of Common Stock, voting together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class. Each share of Preferred Stock shall entitle the shareholder to cast that number of votes per share of Preferred Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Preferred Stock is convertible (after giving effect to certain limitations on conversion, as applicable). As long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company may not, without the approval of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (a) alter or change the powers, preferences or rights given to the Series A Preferred Stock, (b) alter or amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the Series A Certificate of Designation, or our amended and restated bylaws in such a manner so as to materially adversely affect any rights given to the Series A Preferred Stock, (c) authorize or create any class of stock ranking as to dividends, redemption or distribution of assets upon a Liquidation (as defined below) senior to the Series A Preferred Stock, or (d) enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing.
Liquidation
Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation”), the then holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive out of the assets available for distribution to stockholders of the Company the same amount that a holder of common stock would receive if the Series A Preferred Stock were fully converted (disregarding for such purposes any conversion limitations hereunder) to common stock which amounts shall be paid pari passu with all holders of common stock.
Warrants
Prior to the Share Exchange, there were
F-27
On April 17, 2024, the Board of Directors approved
the issuance of
If at the time of the warrant’s exercise
there is no effective registration statement registering, or no current prospectus available for, the resale of the shares of Common
Stock underlying the warrant, then the holder will have the right to exercise warrant by means of a cashless exercise. In addition, if
(i) the volume-weighted average price of the Company’s Common Stock for 20 consecutive trading days is at least
| Weighted | ||||||||||||||||
| Weighted | Average | |||||||||||||||
| Average | Remaining | Aggregate | ||||||||||||||
| Number of | Exercise | Contractual | Intrinsic | |||||||||||||
| Warrants | Shares | Price | Term | Value | ||||||||||||
| Balance Outstanding, January 1, 2023 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Granted | - | - | ||||||||||||||
| Forfeited | ( | ) | - | - | ||||||||||||
| Exercised | - | - | ||||||||||||||
| Balance Outstanding, December 31, 2023 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Granted | - | |||||||||||||||
| Forfeited | - | - | ||||||||||||||
| Exercised | - | - | ||||||||||||||
| Balance Outstanding, December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Exercisable, December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above
represents the total intrinsic value, based on the Company’s closing common stock price of $
F-28
Equity Incentive Plan
Prior
to the Share Exchange, there were
The Company treated the exchange of the original
options for the new options as a modification in accordance with ASC 718. The Company calculated the fair value of the original options
prior to the Share Exchange and the fair value of the new options at the time of the Share Exchange. The aggregate fair value was calculated
using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions: (i) expected life of
On June 17, 2024, the Board of Directors approved
the issuance of
The following table summarized the option activity for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:
| Weighted | ||||||||||||||||
| Weighted | Average | |||||||||||||||
| Average | Remaining | Aggregate | ||||||||||||||
| Number of | Exercise | Contractual | Intrinsic | |||||||||||||
| Options | Shares | Price | Term (in years) | Value | ||||||||||||
| Balance Outstanding, January 1, 2023 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Granted (Share Exchange) | - | |||||||||||||||
| Forfeited (Share Exchange) | - | - | - | |||||||||||||
| Exercised | - | - | - | |||||||||||||
| Expired | - | - | - | |||||||||||||
| Balance Outstanding, December 31, 2023 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Granted | - | |||||||||||||||
| Forfeited | - | - | - | |||||||||||||
| Exercised | - | - | - | |||||||||||||
| Expired | - | - | - | |||||||||||||
| Balance Outstanding, December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Exercisable, December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||
Share-based compensation expense for the years
ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 amounted to $
F-29
As
of December 31, 2024, there was $
The aggregate
intrinsic value in the table above represents the total intrinsic value, based on the Company’s closing stock price of $
NOTE 12 – RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES:
The components of research and development expenses are as follows:
| For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Subcontractors and consultants | $ | $ | ||||||
| Salaries | ||||||||
| Other | ||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | ||||||
NOTE 13 – GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES:
The components of general and administrative expenses are as follows:
| For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Salaries and related | $ | $ | ||||||
| Legal | ||||||||
| Depreciation | ||||||||
| Insurance | ||||||||
| Consulting | ||||||||
| Professional fees | ||||||||
| Other | ||||||||
| Office expense | ||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | ||||||
NOTE 14 – FINANCE INCOME (EXPENSE), NET:
The components of finance income, net are as follows:
| For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Exchange differences | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||
| Bank fees | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||
F-30
NOTE 15 – INCOME TAXES:
The Company files corporate income tax returns in the United States (federal), in New York (state), and in Israel (foreign). The Company is subject to federal, state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for the tax years 2021 through 2024. The Israeli subsidiary tax reports through 2017 are considered final assessments in accordance with the provisions of section 145 of the Income Tax Ordinance.
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had federal
net operating loss carry forwards of $
The company does not incur a provision for income taxes because the Company has historically incurred operating losses and maintains a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty surrounding the realizability of the benefit, based on a more likely than not criteria and in consideration of available positive and negative evidence.
The valuation allowance overall increased by approximately
$
The reconciliation of income tax expense computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate to the income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 is as follows:
| Year
ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Income before income taxes | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Taxes under statutory US tax rates | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Foreign Rate Differential | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Acquisitions | ( | ) | ||||||
| Prior period adjustments | ( | ) | ||||||
| Expired net operating loss | ||||||||
| Other permanent items | ( | ) | ||||||
| Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance | ||||||||
| Income tax expense | $ | $ | ||||||
The increase in the Company’s net valuation allowance was mainly due to continued net operating losses from ongoing operations.
F-31
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects
of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for
income tax purposes.
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Deferred tax assets: | ||||||||
| Net loss carryforwards | $ | $ | ||||||
| Capital loss carryforwards | ||||||||
| Stock-based compensation | ||||||||
| Research and development | ||||||||
| Accruals | ||||||||
| Deferred asset before valuation allowance | ||||||||
| Valuation allowance | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Net deferred tax asset | $ | $ | ||||||
In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Deferred tax assets consist primarily of the tax effect of NOL carry-forwards. The Company has provided a full valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets because of the uncertainty regarding its realizability.
The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits as additional income taxes in the statement of operations. As of both December 31, 2024 and 2023 the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits. There were no changes in the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. The Company did not recognize any interest or penalties during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 related to unrecognized tax benefits.
During 2021, the Company submitted a request to the Israeli Income Tax Authority, for the approval of a plan for the issuance of employee stock options via a trustee as defined in section 102 of the Income Tax Ordinance. The Company chose a capital taxation route that would apply to the Company’s employees and undertook to deduct the full tax applicable to employees before shares are issued to an employee.
NOTE 16 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
Director Consulting Services
On
June 1, 2022, the Company entered into a consulting agreement (the “Englander Consulting Agreement”) with Yehuda Englander,
a director of the Company, pursuant to which, in consideration for certain financial and strategic consulting services, Mr. Englander
will receive a cash fee of NIS
On February 7, 2024, the Company entered into
a consulting agreement (the “Ravad Consulting Agreement”) with Chaim Ravad, a director of the Company, pursuant to which,
in consideration for certain services provided as a board member, Mr. Ravad will receive a cash fee of $
F-32
Shareholder Consulting Services
On
August 8, 2023, the Company entered into a consulting agreement (the “Oriole Consulting Agreement”) with Oriole Avenue Inc.
(“Oriole”), an entity owned by Yaacov Bodner, a stockholder of the Company, pursuant to which, in consideration for certain
shareholder, investors relations and general consultancy services, Oriole is entitled to receive cash payments equal in the aggregate
to $
NOTE 17 – SEGMENT REPORTING:
ASC 280, “Segment Reporting” establishes
standards for reporting information about operating segments on a basis consistent with the Company’s internal organization structure
as well as information about services categories, business segments and major customers in financial statements. The Company has only
The Company adheres to the provisions of ASC
280, Segment Reporting, which establishes standards for the way public business enterprises report information about operating segments
in annual financial statements and requires that those enterprises report selected information about operating segments in financial
statements issued to shareholders. As the Company is currently involved in the development of one product, the Platform, the Company
has determined that it operates in a single reportable segment. The Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM), its Chief
Executive Officer (CEO), reviews the consolidated results of operations when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing
the performance of the Company as a whole and, hence, the Company has only
NOTE 18 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:
None.
F-33
DROR ORTHO-DESIGN, INC.
Up to 2,020,203 Shares of Common Stock
Up to 2,020,203 Prefunded Warrants to Purchase up to 2,020,203 Shares of Common Stock
Up to 141,414 Underwriter Warrants to purchase up to 141,414 Shares of Common Stock
Up to 2,161,617 Shares of Common Stock underlying Prefunded Warrants and Underwriter Warrants
PROSPECTUS
Sole Bookrunner
Titan Partners Group
a division of American Capital Partners
_________ ___, 2025
Through and including , 2025 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, FINRA filing fee and NYSE American and filing fee. Except as otherwise noted, all the expenses below will be paid by us.
| SEC registration fee | $ | 1,837.20 | ||
| FINRA fee | * | |||
| NYSE American listing and filing fee | * | |||
| Printing expenses | * | |||
| Legal fees and expenses | * | |||
| Accounting fees and expenses | * | |||
| Miscellaneous expenses | * | |||
| Total | $ | * |
| * | To be completed by amendment. |
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; Second Amended and Restated Bylaws
Article IX of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Article VIII of our second amended and restated bylaws provide that the Company shall indemnify its officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. In addition, Article IX of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director as a director.
Delaware Law
Section 145 of the DGCL permits indemnification of directors, officers, agents and controlling persons of a corporation under certain conditions and subject to certain limitations. Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or agent of the corporation or another enterprise if serving at the request of our company. Depending on the character of the proceeding, a corporation may indemnify against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person indemnified acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
In the case of an action by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification may be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine that despite the adjudication of liability such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.
Section 145 further provides that to the extent a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
II-1
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
The following information relates to all securities issued or sold by us during the past three years not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act contained in Section 4(a)(2) thereof. The share information below is historical and does not reflect the Company’s proposed 1-for-450 reverse stock split.
On July 5, 2023, the Company entered into the Share Exchange Agreement with Private Dror and all shareholders of Private Dror. Pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement, on August 14, 2023, the shareholders of Private Dror transferred all of their ordinary shares in Private Dror to the Company in exchange for 7,576,999 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 106,782,187 shares of Common Stock. As a result of these share exchanges, Private Dror became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
In connection with the closing of the Share Exchange, pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement dated August 14, 2023, by and between the Company and the investors party thereto (the “Private Placement Investors”), the Company sold to the Private Placement Investors an aggregate of: (1) 186,363,631 shares of Common Stock, (2) 2,886,364 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and (3) warrants to purchase 474,999,993 shares of Common Stock (the “Private Placement Warrants”) (the “Private Placement”). The Company received aggregate gross proceeds of $5,025,000 in connection with the first closing of the Private Placement on August 14, 2023, and an additional $200,000 in connection with a second closing of on September 13, 2023. The Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into Common Stock at any time at a conversion price of $0.011, subject to adjustment for certain anti-dilution provisions set forth in the Series A Certificate of Designation. The Private Placement Warrants expire five years from issuance and are exercisable at an exercise price of $0.033 per share.
On June 5, 2025, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “First Bridge Loan Purchase Agreement”) with each of the purchasers signatory thereto. Pursuant to the First Bridge Loan Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to sell to the purchasers in a private placement, Debentures in an aggregate principal amount of $300,000 due August 5, 2025.
On June 16, 2025, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Second Bridge Loan Purchase Agreement”) with each of the purchasers signatory thereto. Pursuant to the Second Bridge Loan Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to sell to the purchasers in a private placement, Debentures in an aggregate principal amount of $200,000 due August 15, 2025.
II-2
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statements.
The exhibits listed below are filed as part of this registration statement:
EXHIBIT INDEX
II-3
| * | Filed herewith. |
| ** | To be filed by amendment. |
| *** | Previously filed. |
| + | Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
II-4
Item 17. Undertakings.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
| (1) | To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement: |
| (i) | To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; |
| (ii) | To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and |
| (iii) | To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement; provided, however, that paragraphs (1)(i), (1)(ii) and (1)(iii) above do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement. |
| (2) | That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
| (3) | To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering. |
| (4) | That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use. |
II-5
| (5) | That for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser: |
| (i) | Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; |
| (ii) | Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant; |
| (iii) | The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and |
| (iv) | Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser. |
| (6) | Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to any charter provision, by law or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. |
| (7) | The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that: |
| (i) | For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and |
| (ii) | For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
II-6
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Jerusalem, Israel on July 14, 2025.
| DROR ORTHO-DESIGN, INC. | ||
| By: | /s/ Eliyahu (Lee) Haddad | |
| Eliyahu (Lee) Haddad | ||
|
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | ||
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
| Signature | Title | Date | ||
| /s/ Eliyahu (Lee) Haddad | Chief Executive Officer and Director | July 14, 2025 | ||
| Eliyahu (Lee) Haddad | (Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | |||
| /s/ Chaim Hurvitz | Director and Chairman of the Board | July 14, 2025 | ||
| Chaim Hurvitz | ||||
| * | Chief Technology Officer and Director | July 14, 2025 | ||
| Moshe Shvets | ||||
| * | Director | July 14, 2025 | ||
| Chaim Ravad | ||||
| * | Director | July 14, 2025 | ||
| Yehuda Englander |
| *By: | /s/ Eliyahu (Lee) Haddad | |
| Eliyahu (Lee) Haddad | ||
| Attorney-in-fact |
II-7
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated February 19, 2025, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Dror Ortho Design Inc., which is part of this Registration Statement.
We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Registration Statement.
/s/ Barzily and Co.
Barzily and Co.
Certified Public Accountants (Isr)
Jerusalem, Israel
July 14th, 2025